ANTIGUA FUNDING CORP
S-3/A, 1996-09-30
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: ROFIN SINAR TECHNOLOGIES INC, S-8, 1996-09-30
Next: METZLER GROUP INC, S-1/A, 1996-09-30



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-08465
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   ---------
   
                          AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO FORM S-3
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 --------------
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
                       (ISSUER WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTES)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
             NEW YORK                      13-7097632
  (State or other jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)         Identification
                                             Number)
</TABLE>
    
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                (ORIGINATOR OF THE OWNER TRUST DESCRIBED HEREIN)
 
                               C/O CT CORPORATION
                               1209 ORANGE STREET
                           WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
                                 (302) 658-7581
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                 CT CORPORATION
                               1209 ORANGE STREET
                           WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
                                 (302) 658-7581
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                                ----------------
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
             OWEN C. MARX                          RICHARD M. SCHETMAN
         Dorsey & Whitney LLP                 Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
           250 Park Avenue                           100 Maiden Lane
       New York, New York 10177                  New York, New York 10038
            (212) 415-9285                            (212) 504-6906
</TABLE>
 
                                ----------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                                ----------------
 
    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  Form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box: / /
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box: / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering: / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the  earliest effective registration statement
for the same offering: / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box: / /
                                ----------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM     AGGREGATE
           TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                AMOUNT TO       OFFERING PRICE       OFFERING         AMOUNT OF
        SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED            BE REGISTERED      PER UNIT (1)       PRICE (1)      REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                           <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
 Receivable-Backed Notes....................   $3,075,000,000         100%         $3,075,000,000   $1,060,344.83(2)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Estimated  solely  for  the  purposes of  calculating  the  registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457.
    
   
(2) Previously paid.
    
                                ----------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
   
    This registration statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be used
in connection with an offering in the United States (the "U.S. Prospectus"), and
one  to be used  in connection with a  concurrent international offering outside
the United States (the "International Prospectus"). The International Prospectus
is substantially the same as the U.S. Prospectus except for the front cover page
and the pages reflecting the "Underwriting" section. The pages to be used in the
International Prospectus which differ from  those in the U.S. Prospectus  follow
the U.S. Prospectus pages. Each of the pages for the International Prospectus is
labeled  "Alternate  Page  for  International  Prospectus."  Each  of  the  U.S.
Prospectus and the International  Prospectus will be  filed with the  Securities
and  Exchange Commission  pursuant to  Rule 424(b)  under the  Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
    
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS       SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 2, 1996
    
   
                          $3,055,000,000 (APPROXIMATE)
    
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
   
               $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1
    
   
               $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
    
   
               $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
    
   
               $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
    
   
                $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
    
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                    SERVICER
 
   
    Capita Equipment  Receivables  Trust 1996-1  (the  "Owner Trust")  has  been
formed  pursuant to a  Trust Agreement between  Antigua Funding Corporation (the
"Depositor"), which will be an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T  Capital
Corporation  ("TCC"), and  The Bank  of New York,  as Owner  Trustee (the "Owner
Trustee"). The Receivable-Backed Notes (the "Notes") will be issued by the Owner
Trust pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture") between the Owner Trust and The
Chase Manhattan Bank, as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"). The  Notes
will consist of four classes of senior notes, designated as the Class A-1, Class
A-2,  Class A-3 and Class A-4 Notes (collectively, the "Class A Notes"), and one
class of subordinated notes, designated as the Class B Notes. The proceeds  from
the issuance of the Notes, together with the proceeds of the Equity Certificates
to  be issued  by the  Owner Trust  to the  Depositor (which  will thereafter be
transferred by the Depositor in a  transaction unrelated to the issuance of  the
Notes),  will  be  used  to  acquire a  pool  of  equipment  leases  (the "Lease
Contracts") and installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and  security
agreements and similar types of receivables (the "Loan Contracts," and, together
with  the  Lease Contracts,  the "Contracts").  TCC  will service  the Contracts
pursuant to a  Transfer and Servicing  Agreement among the  Depositor, TCC,  the
Indenture  Trustee and the Owner Trust. Of the Notes being offered, $          ,
$          , $          , $          and $          initial principal amount  of
the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes and Class
B  Notes, respectively, are being offered initially  in the United States by the
U.S. Underwriters and $           , $           , $           , $            and
$          , respectively, are being offered initially outside the United States
by   the  International  Managers.   The  Initial  Public   Offering  Price  and
Underwriting Discount will be identical for both offerings.
    
 
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
   
         FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING,
                     SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 17 HEREIN.
    
                                 -------------
 
THE NOTES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE OWNER TRUST AND WILL NOT REPRESENT
      INTERESTS IN  OR OBLIGATIONS  OF ANTIGUA  FUNDING CORPORATION,  AT&T
      CAPITAL            CORPORATION  OR  ANY  OF  THEIR  RESPECTIVE
                                  AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS  THE
       SECURITIES   AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
          PROSPECTUS.  ANY    REPRESENTATION TO THE  CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    INITIAL PUBLIC                UNDERWRITING              PROCEEDS TO
                                  OFFERING PRICE (1)              DISCOUNT (2)          THE DEPOSITOR (1)(3)
                            ------------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                         <C>                             <C>                       <C>
Per Class A-1 Note........                %                            %                         %
Per Class A-2 Note........                %                            %                         %
Per Class A-3 Note........                %                            %                         %
Per Class A-4 Note........                %                            %                         %
Per Class B Note..........                %                            %                         %
Total.....................                $                            $                         $
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
   
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, at the applicable Interest Rate, from October
      , 1996.
    
   
(2) TCC and  certain  of  its  affiliates have  agreed  to  indemnify  the  U.S.
    Underwriters  against certain  liabilities, including  liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933. See "Underwriting."
    
(3) Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor,  estimated  to  be
    $          .
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
   
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC                                    GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  are offered  severally by  the  U.S. Underwriters,  as specified
herein, subject to  prior sale and  subject to the  U.S. Underwriters' right  to
reject  orders in whole or in part. It  is expected that the Notes will be ready
for delivery in book-entry form through  the facilities of The Depository  Trust
Company  in New York, New  York, Cedel Bank, societe  anonyme, and the Euroclear
System against  payment therefor  in  immediately available  funds on  or  about
October   , 1996.
    
 
    Application  has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg Stock
Exchange.
 
   
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                    LEHMAN BROTHERS
                                       MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                                                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
    
                                  -----------
 
   
                THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS OCTOBER   , 1996
    
<PAGE>
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
 
   
    The Owner Trust will also issue a single class of certificates of beneficial
interest, the Equity  Certificates, which are  not being offered  hereby. It  is
expected  that the  Equity Certificates  will initially  represent the  right to
receive principal in an amount equal to approximately 4% of the Initial Contract
Pool Principal Balance, together  with interest thereon at  a rate of     %  per
annum.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from, and
secured by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will  consist
primarily  of the  Scheduled Payments due  under the  Contracts, certain amounts
received upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent  not
payable  to the Depositor, as described  below) liquidation of the Contracts and
disposition of the  related Equipment upon  defaults thereunder, and  investment
earnings  on amounts deposited in the Collection Account established pursuant to
the Indenture, in each  case subject to prior  application to pay the  Servicing
Fee,  together  with amounts  permitted  to be  withdrawn  therefor from  a Cash
Collateral Account) in the order of priority described herein.
    
 
   
    The Owner Trust will have a security interest in all Equipment securing  the
Loan  Contracts, and  all Liquidation Proceeds  (including any  derived from the
disposition of the  related Equipment)  received with respect  to any  defaulted
Loan  Contracts  will be  payable to  the  Owner Trust.  The Depositor  will not
transfer to the Owner Trust its ownership or security interest in the  Equipment
related  to the Lease Contracts (the "Leased Equipment"), including the right to
receive the  Leased  Equipment  (or  the purchase  price  therefor  or  proceeds
thereof) upon expiration of the original term of the related Lease Contract. The
Liquidation  Proceeds  received with  respect  to any  defaulted  Lease Contract
(including any derived  from the  disposition of the  related Leased  Equipment)
will be allocated between the Owner Trust and the Depositor as described herein.
Amounts payable to the Depositor in respect of the Leased Equipment or otherwise
in  respect of  Liquidation Proceeds  of defaulted  Lease Contracts  will not be
available for payment of interest or principal on the Notes.
    
 
   
    THE LIKELIHOOD  OF  PAYMENT OF  INTEREST  ON EACH  CLASS  OF NOTES  WILL  BE
ENHANCED  BY  THE APPLICATION  OF  THE AMOUNT  AVAILABLE,  AFTER PAYMENT  OF THE
SERVICING FEE, TO THE PAYMENT OF SUCH INTEREST PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
ON ANY OF THE NOTES OR THE  EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AS WELL AS BY THE  PREFERENTIAL
RIGHT OF THE HOLDERS OF NOTES OF EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH INTEREST (1) IN
THE CASE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS
B  NOTES OR THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  AND (2) IN THE CASE  OF THE CLASS B NOTES,
PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY  INTEREST ON THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES. LIKEWISE,  THE
LIKELIHOOD  OF PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL  ON EACH CLASS OF  NOTES WILL BE ENHANCED BY
THE PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS OF  NOTES OF EACH  SUCH CLASS TO  RECEIVE
SUCH  PRINCIPAL, TO  THE EXTENT  OF THE AMOUNT  AVAILABLE, AFTER  PAYMENT OF THE
SERVICING FEE  AND  INTEREST  ON  THE  NOTES  AND  THE  EQUITY  CERTIFICATES  AS
AFORESAID,  (I) IN THE  CASE OF THE CLASS  A NOTES, PRIOR TO  THE PAYMENT OF ANY
PRINCIPAL ON  THE CLASS  B NOTES  OR  (EXCEPT AS  DESCRIBED HEREIN)  THE  EQUITY
CERTIFICATES, AND (II) IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS B NOTES, PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF
ANY  PRINCIPAL  ON  THE EQUITY  CERTIFICATES,  EXCEPT AS  DESCRIBED  HEREIN. SEE
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES."
    
 
   
    To the extent the Amount Available  is sufficient therefor after payment  of
the  Servicing Fee, interest at  the rate per annum noted  above for each of the
Class A-1, Class A-2,  Class A-3, Class  A-4 and Class  B Notes (the  applicable
"Interest  Rate") will be paid to Holders  of each Class of Notes, and principal
will be paid on  the applicable Class of  Notes, on the 15th  day of each  month
(or,  if such day is  not a Business Day, on  the next succeeding Business Day),
commencing November 15, 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The Stated Maturity  Date
for the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4
Notes  and the Class B Notes is                ,               ,               ,
             , and               , respectively, but final payment of any  Class
of Notes could occur significantly earlier than the Stated Maturity Date of such
Class.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein under
"Description of the Notes -- Optional Purchase of Contracts."
    
 
    There is  currently  no secondary  market  for the  Notes  and there  is  no
assurance  that one will develop. The U.S.  Underwriters expect, but will not be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the  Notes
outside  the United States. There  is no assurance that  either such market will
develop, or if either such market does develop, that such market will  continue.
See "Risk Factors."
 
   
    It  is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit  Rating
Co.  and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its highest
rating category, and (ii)  rate the Class  B Notes at least  "A," "A2," "A"  and
"A," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
    
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT  ANY
TIME.
 
   
    Upon  receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an electronic
Prospectus from any Underwriter or  a request by such investor's  representative
within  the period during which there is  an obligation to deliver a Prospectus,
such Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered,  without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
    
<PAGE>
                           INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
    All  documents filed by the Servicer, on behalf of the Owner Trust, pursuant
to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination  of the offering of the Notes  shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus. Any statement contained herein or in a  document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be  modified or superseded for purposes of  this Prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein or in any  subsequently filed document which also  is
to  be incorporated by  reference herein modifies  or supersedes such statement.
Any such statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed, except as  so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
   
    The  Depositor will provide without charge to  each person to whom a copy of
this Prospectus is delivered on  the written or oral  request of such person,  a
copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference, except the
exhibits  to  such documents.  Requests for  such copies  should be  directed to
Antigua Funding  Corporation, 1209  Orange Street,  Wilmington, Delaware  19801,
Attention: Secretary.
    
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
    The  Depositor and the Owner Trust have filed a Registration Statement under
the Securities  Act  of  1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  with  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") with respect to the Notes
offered pursuant to this Prospectus. For further information, reference is  made
to  the  Registration  Statement  and amendments  thereof  and  to  the exhibits
thereto, which  are  available  for  inspection without  charge  at  the  public
reference  facilities maintained  by the Commission  at 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549;  7 World Trade  Center, 13th Floor,  New York, New  York
10048; and Northwest Atrium Center, 500 Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661.
Copies of the Registration Statement and amendments thereof and exhibits thereto
may  be obtained from the Public Reference  Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20549 at prescribed  rates. The Commission  also
maintains  a World Wide Web site which provides on-line access to reports, proxy
and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file
electronically with the Commission at the address "http://www.sec.gov."
    
 
                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
   
    Unless and  until Definitive  Notes are  issued, monthly  unaudited  reports
containing information concerning the Owner Trust, and prepared by the Servicer,
will  be sent by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Owner Trust only to Cede
& Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered  holder
of  the Notes, and to the Luxembourg Paying Agent. See "Description of the Notes
- -- Book-Entry  Registration." In  the event  Definitive Notes  are issued,  such
reports will be sent to Noteholders as of the most recent Record Date and to the
Luxembourg  Paying Agent. Such reports  will not constitute financial statements
prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  See
"Description  of the Notes -- Reports to Noteholders" for additional information
concerning periodic  reports  to  Noteholders.  Note  Owners  may  receive  such
reports,  upon  written  request  to  the  Indenture  Trustee,  together  with a
certification that they are Note Owners. Any such request should be made to  the
Indenture  Trustee at  the following address:  The Chase Manhattan  Bank, 450 W.
33rd Street (15th floor), New York,  New York 10001 (facsimile (212)  946-3240),
Attention:  Advanced Structured  Products Group.  Neither TCC  nor the Depositor
intends to send any of  its financial reports to  Note Owners. The Servicer,  on
behalf  of  the Owner  Trust,  will file  with  the Commission  periodic reports
concerning the Owner Trust to the extent required under the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. However, in accordance  with
the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, the
Depositor expects that the Owner Trust's obligation to file such reports will be
terminated at the end of 1996.
    
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE................................................................................          i
AVAILABLE INFORMATION.....................................................................................          i
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS....................................................................................          i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY........................................................................................          1
RISK FACTORS..............................................................................................         17
  Limited Assets of the Owner Trust.......................................................................         17
  Subordination of the Class B Notes......................................................................         17
  Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks.........................................................................         17
  Yield and Prepayment Considerations.....................................................................         19
  Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts..................................................................         20
  No Gross-Up for Withholding Tax.........................................................................         21
  Limited Liquidity.......................................................................................         21
  Book-Entry Registration.................................................................................         21
THE DEPOSITOR AND THE OWNER TRUST.........................................................................         21
  The Depositor...........................................................................................         21
  The Owner Trust.........................................................................................         22
  Capitalization of the Owner Trust.......................................................................         23
  The Owner Trustee.......................................................................................         23
AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION..................................................................................         24
THE ORIGINATORS...........................................................................................         25
  AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc......................................................................         25
  AT&T Credit Corporation and NCR Credit Corp.............................................................         25
  AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation.....................................................................         26
  Underwriting and Servicing..............................................................................         27
THE CONTRACTS.............................................................................................         31
  Description of the Contracts............................................................................         31
  Representations and Warranties Made by TCC..............................................................         34
  Certain Statistics Relating to the Preliminary Contract Pool............................................         37
  Certain Statistics Relating to Delinquencies and Defaults...............................................         40
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES..................................................................................         43
  General.................................................................................................         43
  Distributions...........................................................................................         44
  Class A Interest........................................................................................         45
  Class B Interest........................................................................................         45
  Principal...............................................................................................         45
  Subordination of Class B Notes and Equity Certificates..................................................         46
  Cash Collateral Account.................................................................................         47
  Liquidated Contracts....................................................................................         48
  Optional Purchase of Contracts..........................................................................         48
  Trust Accounts..........................................................................................         48
  Reports to Noteholders..................................................................................         49
  Book-Entry Registration.................................................................................         50
  Definitive Notes........................................................................................         53
  Modification of Indenture Without Noteholder Consent....................................................         53
  Modification of Indenture With Noteholder Consent.......................................................         54
  Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.........................................................         54
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
  Certain Covenants.......................................................................................         55
  Annual Compliance Statement.............................................................................         56
  Indenture Trustee's Annual Report.......................................................................         56
  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.................................................................         56
  The Indenture Trustee...................................................................................         56
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.......................................................         57
  Transfer and Assignment of Contracts and Equipment......................................................         57
  Collections on Contracts................................................................................         57
  Servicing...............................................................................................         59
  Amendment...............................................................................................         61
  Termination of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.....................................................         62
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS....................................................................         62
  Enforcement of Security Interests in the Equipment......................................................         62
  Insolvency Matters......................................................................................         63
UNITED STATES TAXATION....................................................................................         64
  Treatment of the Notes..................................................................................         65
  Treatment of the Owner Trust............................................................................         65
  Payments of Interest....................................................................................         65
  Original Issue Discount.................................................................................         65
  Market Discount.........................................................................................         66
  Amortizable Bond Premium................................................................................         66
  Sale, Exchange or Retirement of Notes...................................................................         66
  Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders.........................................................         66
  Backup Withholding......................................................................................         68
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS......................................................................................         68
RATINGS OF THE NOTES......................................................................................         69
USE OF PROCEEDS...........................................................................................         69
UNDERWRITING..............................................................................................         70
LEGAL MATTERS.............................................................................................         71
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION....................................................................................         71
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS..................................................................................         72
APPENDIX A--GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES.................................        A-1
  Initial Settlement......................................................................................        A-1
  Secondary Market Trading................................................................................        A-1
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS................................................        A-3
APPENDIX B--WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES............................................................        B-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    The  following  summary is  qualified in  its entirety  by reference  to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain capitalized
terms used in this Prospectus Summary  are defined elsewhere in this  Prospectus
on the pages indicated in the "Index of Principal Terms."
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
ISSUER..............  A   trust,   referred  to   as  the   "Capita  Equipment
                      Receivables Trust 1996-1" (the "Owner Trust"), formed by
                      the Depositor and  governed by an  Amended and  Restated
                      Trust  Agreement  (the "Trust  Agreement"), dated  as of
                      October 1,  1996, between  the Depositor  and the  Owner
                      Trustee.  See "The Depositor and  the Owner Trust -- The
                      Owner Trust."
 
DEPOSITOR...........  Antigua Funding  Corporation  (the  "Depositor"),  which
                      will  be a direct  subsidiary of the  Originators and an
                      indirect  wholly  owned   subsidiary  of  AT&T   Capital
                      Corporation  ("TCC").  The  Depositor  will  acquire the
                      Contracts  and   the  Originators'   interests  in   the
                      equipment  subject  thereto  (the  "Equipment")  on  the
                      Closing Date pursuant to  a Purchase and Sale  Agreement
                      (the "Purchase Agreement"), dated as of October 1, 1996,
                      among  the Depositor, TCC and  the Originators, and will
                      thereupon transfer  the Contracts  and the  other  Trust
                      Assets  (as described under "Trust Assets" below) to the
                      Owner  Trust  pursuant  to  a  Transfer  and   Servicing
                      Agreement  (the  "Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement"),
                      dated as of October 1,  1996, among the Depositor,  TCC,
                      as  Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trust.
                      See  "The  Depositor   and  the  Owner   Trust  --   The
                      Depositor."
 
SERVICER............  TCC   will,  pursuant  to  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
                      Agreement,  act  as  Servicer  of  the  Contracts.   See
                      "Description  of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement --
                      Servicing." TCC is a full-service, diversified equipment
                      leasing and finance company that operates principally in
                      the United States.  Prior to  October 1,  1996, TCC  had
                      been  a subsidiary  of AT&T Corp.,  but is  now owned by
                      members of management  of TCC and  other investors.  See
                      "AT&T Capital Corporation."
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE...  The  Chase Manhattan  Bank, in  its capacity  as trustee
                      under  an  Indenture  (the  "Indenture"),  dated  as  of
                      October  1,  1996,  between  the  Owner  Trust  and  the
                      Indenture Trustee.
 
OWNER TRUSTEE.......  The Bank of New York,  in its capacity as trustee  under
                      the Trust Agreement.
 
THE NOTES...........  Pursuant  to the  Indenture, the Owner  Trust will issue
                      five classes of notes (the "Notes"), consisting of  four
                      classes   of  senior  notes,  designated  as  the      %
                      Receivable-Backed Notes,  Class  A-1,  in  the  original
                      principal  amount of $          (the "Class A-1 Notes"),
                      the     % Receivable-Backed  Notes,  Class A-2,  in  the
                      original  principal amount of  $         (the "Class A-2
                      Notes"), the   % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-3,  in
                      the original principal amount of $       (the "Class A-3
                      Notes"), and the   % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-4,
                      in the original principal amount of
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      $        (the  "Class A-4 Notes," and, together with the
                      Class A-1, Class A-2 and  Class A-3 Notes, the "Class  A
                      Notes"), and one class of subordinated notes, designated
                      as  the    %  Receivable-Backed Notes,  Class B,  in the
                      original principal amount  of $           (the "Class  B
                      Notes"). See "Description of the Notes." The Owner Trust
                      will  also  issue  a  single  class  of  certificates of
                      beneficial interest (the  "Equity Certificates") to  the
                      Depositor. The Equity Certificates are not being offered
                      hereby. See "Equity Certificates" below.
 
INTEREST............  Interest  on  the outstanding  principal balance  of the
                      Notes of each Class will accrue at the interest rate for
                      such  Class  specified  on   the  cover  page  of   this
                      Prospectus (the "Interest Rate" for such Class) from and
                      including the Closing Date to but excluding November 15,
                      1996  (in the  case of  the first  interest period), and
                      thereafter for  each successive  Payment Date  from  and
                      including  the most  recent prior Payment  Date to which
                      interest has been  paid, to but  excluding such  Payment
                      Date,  in each case calculated on the basis of a 360-day
                      year comprised of  twelve 30-day months.  To the  extent
                      the   Amount  Available  is  sufficient  therefor  after
                      payment of the Servicing Fee, the amount of interest  to
                      be paid on the Notes on each Payment Date will equal one
                      month's  interest (or, in the case of the first interest
                      period, interest accrued from and including the  Closing
                      Date  to but excluding November  15, 1996). In the event
                      that, on a given Payment  Date, the Amount Available  is
                      not sufficient to make a full payment of interest to the
                      Holders  of Class A Notes, the  amount of interest to be
                      paid on the Class A  Notes will be allocated among  each
                      Class  thereof (and  within a  Class among  the Notes of
                      such Class) pro rata in accordance with their respective
                      entitlements  to  interest,  and  the  amount  of   such
                      shortfall  will  be carried  forward and,  together with
                      interest thereon at the applicable Interest Rate,  added
                      to  the amount of interest such Holders will be entitled
                      to receive on the next Payment Date. In the event  that,
                      on  a given  Payment Date,  the Amount  Available, after
                      payment of  interest  on  the  Class  A  Notes,  is  not
                      sufficient  to make  a full  payment of  interest to the
                      Holders of Class B Notes,  the amount of interest to  be
                      paid  on the Class  B Notes will  be allocated among the
                      Notes of such  Class pro rata  in accordance with  their
                      respective  entitlements to interest,  and the amount of
                      such shortfall  will be  carried forward  and,  together
                      with  interest  thereon at  the  Class B  Interest Rate,
                      added to the  amount of  interest such  Holders will  be
                      entitled  to  receive  on  the  next  Payment  Date. See
                      "Description of the Notes."
 
PRINCIPAL...........  To  the  extent  the  Amount  Available  is   sufficient
                      therefor  after payment of interest on the Notes and the
                      Equity Certificates, the  aggregate amount of  principal
                      to  be paid on the Notes  and the Equity Certificates on
                      each Payment  Date  will  equal  the  Monthly  Principal
                      Amount.  Principal payable on the  Notes will be paid in
                      respect of  principal on  the Class  A-1 Notes  on  each
                      Payment  Date until the Class  A-1 Principal Balance has
                      been reduced to  zero, then in  respect of principal  on
                      the Class A-2
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      Notes  until the  Class A-2  Principal Balance  has been
                      reduced to zero,  then in  respect of  principal on  the
                      Class  A-3 Notes  until the Class  A-3 Principal Balance
                      has been reduced to zero,  then in respect of  principal
                      on  the Class  A-4 Notes  until the  Class A-4 Principal
                      Balance has been reduced to zero, and then in respect of
                      principal on  the  Class  B  Notes  until  the  Class  B
                      Principal  Balance has been  reduced to zero. Commencing
                      on the first Payment Date, however,    % of the  Monthly
                      Principal  Amount for each Payment  Date will be payable
                      on the Equity Certificates, on a parity with payment  of
                      principal  on the  Notes, until the  aggregate amount so
                      paid equals $       . See  "Description of the Notes  --
                      Principal."
 
                      The "Monthly Principal Amount" for any Payment Date will
                      equal  the  excess,  if  any,  of  (i)  the  sum  of the
                      principal  balances  of   the  Notes   and  the   Equity
                      Certificates  as of such  Payment Date (determined prior
                      to the payment  of any principal  in respect thereof  on
                      such  Payment  Date),  over (ii)  the  aggregate  of the
                      Contract  Principal  Balances  of  the  Contracts   (the
                      "Contract Pool Principal Balance") as of the last day of
                      the Collection Period relating to such Payment Date.
 
                      The  "Contract Principal Balance" of  any Contract as of
                      the last day of any Collection Period is:
 
                          (1) in the  case of  a Lease  Contract, the  present
                        value  of the  unpaid Scheduled  Payments due  on such
                        Lease Contract after such  last day of the  Collection
                        Period  (excluding  all Scheduled  Payments due  on or
                        prior to, but not  received as of,  such last day,  as
                        well as any Scheduled Payments due after such last day
                        and received on or prior thereto), after giving effect
                        to  any Prepayments received on  or prior to such last
                        day, discounted monthly at the rate  of   % per  annum
                        (assuming, for purposes of such calculation, that each
                        Scheduled  Payment  is  due  on the  last  day  of the
                        applicable Collection Period); and
 
                          (2) in the case  of a Loan  Contract, the lesser  of
                        (a)  the  outstanding principal  balance of  such Loan
                        Contract after giving effect to Scheduled Payments due
                        on or prior to such last day of the Collection Period,
                        whether or not received,  as well as any  Prepayments,
                        and  any Scheduled  Payments due after  such last day,
                        received on or  prior to  such last day,  and (b)  the
                        present  value of the unpaid Scheduled Payments due on
                        such  Loan  Contract  after  such  last  day  of   the
                        Collection  Period  (excluding all  Scheduled Payments
                        due on or prior to, but not received as of, such  last
                        day,  as well as any Scheduled Payments due after such
                        last day  and received  prior thereto),  after  giving
                        effect to any Prepayments received on or prior to such
                        last  day, discounted monthly  at the rate of    % per
                        annum (assuming,  for  purposes of  such  calculation,
                        that  each Scheduled Payment is due on the last day of
                        the applicable Collection Period).
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      The Contract  Principal Balance  of any  Contract  which
                      became  a Liquidated Contract  during a given Collection
                      Period or which TCC was obligated to purchase as of  the
                      end  of a  given Collection  Period due  to a  breach of
                      representations and  warranties, will,  for purposes  of
                      computing the Monthly Principal Amount and the Requisite
                      Amount  for the Cash Collateral Account, be deemed to be
                      zero on  and  after  the last  day  of  such  Collection
                      Period.
 
                      A  "Liquidated Contract"  is any Contract  (a) which the
                      Servicer has charged off as uncollectible in  accordance
                      with  its credit and  collection policies and procedures
                      (which shall be no later than  the date as of which  the
                      Servicer  has  repossessed and  disposed of  the related
                      Equipment, or otherwise collected all proceeds which, in
                      the Servicer's  reasonable  judgment, can  be  collected
                      under  such Contract), or (b) as to which 10% or more of
                      a Scheduled Payment is delinquent 180 days or more.  See
                      "Description of the Notes -- Principal."
 
                      The "Collection Period" for any Payment Date will be the
                      calendar month preceding the month in which such Payment
                      Date occurs.
 
                      The  "Initial  Contract  Pool Principal  Balance"  is an
                      amount equal to $                (which amount is  based
                      upon  the Contract Pool  Principal Balance determined as
                      of the  Cut-Off Date,  but also  includes an  amount  in
                      respect of Scheduled Payments on the Contracts due prior
                      to,  but  not  received as  of,  the  Cut-Off-Date). The
                      aggregate of the initial principal balances of the Notes
                      and the Equity  Certificates will  be equal  to or  less
                      than the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance.
 
STATED MATURITY
 DATES..............  If   and  to   the  extent  not   previously  paid,  the
                      outstanding principal  balance of  each Class  of  Notes
                      will  be  payable on  the Stated  Maturity Date  of such
                      Class. The  Class  A-1  Stated  Maturity  Date  will  be
                                  ,                    ; the  Class A-2 Stated
                      Maturity Date will be              ,              ;  the
                      Class  A-3 Stated Maturity Date will be            ,   ;
                      the Class A-4 Stated Maturity Date  will be            ,
                        ;  and  the  Class  B  Stated  Maturity  Date  will be
                                  ,             .
 
DENOMINATIONS.......  The  Notes   will   be   available   for   purchase   in
                      denominations of $10,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
CLOSING DATE........  On or about October   , 1996.
 
CUT-OFF DATE........  October 1, 1996.
 
PAYMENT DATES AND
 RECORD DATES.......  Interest  and principal on the Notes will be paid on the
                      15th day of each  month (or, if such  15th day is not  a
                      Business   Day,  the  next   succeeding  Business  Day),
                      commencing in November 1996, to Holders of record on the
                      Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date (so
                      long as the Notes are held in
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      book-entry form), or  to Holders of  record on the  last
                      day of the preceding calendar month (if Definitive Notes
                      have been issued).
 
SUBORDINATION.......  The  likelihood of payment of  interest on each Class of
                      Notes will be enhanced by the application of the  Amount
                      Available,  after payment  of the Servicing  Fee, to the
                      payment  of  such  interest  prior  to  the  payment  of
                      principal   on   any  of   the   Notes  or   the  Equity
                      Certificates, as well  as by the  preferential right  of
                      the  Holders of Notes of each such Class to receive such
                      interest (1) in the case of the Class A Notes, prior  to
                      the  payment of any interest on the Class B Notes or the
                      Equity Certificates, and (2) in the case of the Class  B
                      Notes,  prior  to the  payment  of any  interest  on the
                      Equity Certificates. Likewise, the likelihood of payment
                      of principal on each Class of Notes will be enhanced  by
                      the  preferential right of the  Holders of Notes of each
                      such Class to receive such  principal, to the extent  of
                      the Amount Available, after payment of the Servicing Fee
                      and interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates as
                      aforesaid,  (i) in the case of  the Class A Notes, prior
                      to the payment of any principal on the Class B Notes  or
                      (except  as described  herein) the  Equity Certificates,
                      and (ii) in the case of the Class B Notes, prior to  the
                      payment  of  any principal  on the  Equity Certificates,
                      except as  described  herein. See  "Description  of  the
                      Notes."
 
RATINGS.............  It  is a condition of issuance of the Notes that each of
                      Standard &  Poor's  Ratings  Services  ("S&P"),  Moody's
                      Investors  Service,  Inc. ("Moody's"),  Duff  and Phelps
                      Credit Rating Co. ("Duff & Phelps") and Fitch  Investors
                      Service,  L.P. ("Fitch" and,  together with S&P, Moody's
                      and Duff & Phelps, the  "Rating Agencies") (i) rate  the
                      Class  A Notes in its  highest rating category, and (ii)
                      rate the Class B Notes at least "A," "A2," "A" and  "A,"
                      respectively.  The  rating of  each Class  addresses the
                      likelihood of the timely receipt of interest and payment
                      of principal on  such Class  of Notes on  or before  the
                      Stated  Maturity Date for such Class.  A rating is not a
                      recommendation to buy, sell  or hold securities and  may
                      be  subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
                      assigning Rating Agency. The ratings of the Notes do not
                      address the likelihood  of payment of  principal on  any
                      Class  of  Notes  prior  to  the  Stated  Maturity  Date
                      thereof, or the possibility of the imposition of  United
                      States withholding tax with respect to non-United States
                      Persons. See "Ratings of the Notes."
 
USE OF PROCEEDS.....  The  proceeds from the  offering and sale  of the Notes,
                      together with the proceeds derived by the Depositor from
                      its  disposition  of  the  Equity  Certificates,   after
                      funding  a portion  of the  Cash Collateral  Account and
                      paying the expenses  of the Depositor,  will be paid  to
                      the  Originators by the Depositor in connection with the
                      transfer of the Contracts and the Originators' interests
                      in the Equipment.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
TRUST ASSETS........  The Trust Assets will consist of:
 
                          (i) a  pool of  equipment lease  contracts (each,  a
                        "Lease  Contract")  and  installment  sale  contracts,
                        promissory notes,  loan  and security  agreements  and
                        other  similar  types  of receivables  (each,  a "Loan
                        Contract")  (all   such  Lease   Contracts  and   Loan
                        Contracts being referred to herein as the "Contracts")
                        with  various  lessees,  borrowers  or  other obligors
                        thereunder (each,  an  "Obligor"), including  (a)  all
                        monies  at  any time  paid  or payable  thereon  or in
                        respect thereof from and after the Cut-Off Date in the
                        form  of   (1)  Scheduled   Payments  (including   all
                        Scheduled  Payments due prior to,  but not received as
                        of, the  Cut-Off  Date, but  excluding  any  Scheduled
                        Payments  due on or after,  but received prior to, the
                        Cut-Off Date), (2) Prepayments (but excluding, in  the
                        case   of  a  Lease   Contract,  any  portion  thereof
                        allocated to  the Depositor,  as described  in  clause
                        (ii) of the definition of "Pledged Revenues"), and (3)
                        Liquidation  Proceeds (including any  derived from the
                        disposition of  the related  Equipment) received  with
                        respect to defaulted Contracts (excluding, in the case
                        of  a Lease Contract, any portion thereof allocable to
                        the  Depositor,   as   described   under   "Liquidated
                        Contracts"  below), and (b) all  rights of the secured
                        party in the Equipment related to the Loan  Contracts,
                        but  excluding the rights of  the lessor in the Leased
                        Equipment (which rights, subject to the allocation  of
                        Liquidation Proceeds received in respect thereof, have
                        been retained by the Depositor);
 
                          (ii) amounts on deposit in (and Eligible Investments
                        allocated to) certain accounts established pursuant to
                        the   Indenture   and  the   Transfer   and  Servicing
                        Agreement, including the Collection Account; and
 
                          (iii) certain other  property and  assets as  herein
                        described.
 
                      The  Trust Assets will secure  payment of the Notes. See
                      "Source  of  Payment  and   Security"  below  and   "The
                      Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust."
 
SOURCE OF PAYMENT
 AND SECURITY.......  Principal  of and interest  on the Notes  and the Equity
                      Certificates will be  paid on each  Payment Date,  after
                      payment  of the Servicing Fee,  solely from, and secured
                      by, the "Amount Available" for such Payment Date,  which
                      is  equal to  the sum of  (a) those  Pledged Revenues on
                      deposit  in  the  Collection  Account  as  of  the  last
                      Business  Day preceding  the related  Determination Date
                      (the "Deposit  Date") (i)  which  were received  by  the
                      Servicer  during the related  Collection Period or which
                      represent amounts  paid  by  TCC  or  the  Depositor  to
                      purchase  Contracts  as of  the  end of  such Collection
                      Period ("Related Collection  Period Pledged  Revenues"),
                      or  (ii) to the extent necessary  to pay interest on the
                      Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment  Date,
                      which were received by the Servicer after the end of the
                      related  Collection  Period  but  on  or  prior  to such
                      Deposit  Date   ("Current  Collection   Period   Pledged
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      Revenues"),  plus (b) amounts  permitted to be withdrawn
                      therefor from the Cash Collateral Account, as  described
                      under "Cash Collateral Account" below.
 
                      "Pledged Revenues" will consist of:
 
                          (i)  "Scheduled  Payments" on  the  Contracts (which
                        will consist of all payments under the Contracts other
                        than those portions of such payments which, under  the
                        Contracts,  are to be  (A) applied by  the Servicer to
                        the payment of  insurance charges, maintenance,  taxes
                        and  other similar obligations, or (B) retained by the
                        Servicer in payment  of Administrative Fees)  received
                        on  or after the Cut-Off Date  and due during the term
                        of the Contracts, without giving effect to end-of-term
                        extensions  or   renewals   thereof   (including   all
                        Scheduled  Payments due prior to,  but not received as
                        of, the  Cut-Off  Date, but  excluding  any  Scheduled
                        Payments  due on or after,  but received prior to, the
                        Cut-Off Date);
 
                          (ii)  any   voluntary  prepayments   ("Prepayments")
                        received  on  or  after  the  Cut-Off  Date  under the
                        Contracts, provided that the amount, if any, by  which
                        any such Prepayment exceeds the Required Payoff Amount
                        of  a  Lease  Contract  will  not  constitute  Pledged
                        Revenues but will be allocated to the Depositor;
 
                          (iii) any amounts paid by TCC to purchase  Contracts
                        due to a breach of representations and warranties with
                        respect   thereto,   as  described   under  "Mandatory
                        Purchase of  Certain Contracts"  below, excluding,  in
                        the  case  of a  Lease  Contract, any  portion thereof
                        allocable to the Depositor;
 
                          (iv) any amounts paid  by the Depositor to  purchase
                        the Contracts as described under "Optional Purchase of
                        Contracts" below;
 
                          (v)   certain  of  the  proceeds  derived  from  the
                        liquidation  of   the   Contracts  and   the   related
                        Equipment,  as described  under "Liquidated Contracts"
                        below; and
 
                          (vi) any  earnings  on  the  investment  of  amounts
                        credited to the Collection Account.
 
                      The  Depositor will not transfer  to the Owner Trust (1)
                      its  ownership  or  security  interest  in  the   Leased
                      Equipment,  including  the right  to receive  the Leased
                      Equipment (or the  purchase price  therefor or  proceeds
                      thereof)  upon expiration  of the  original term  of the
                      related Lease Contract,  or (2) the  right to receive  a
                      portion  of (a) Prepayments, as described in clause (ii)
                      above, and (b) the Liquidation Proceeds of any defaulted
                      Lease  Contract,   including   any  derived   from   the
                      disposition   of  the   related  Leased   Equipment,  as
                      described under  "Liquidated Contracts"  below.  Amounts
                      payable  to  the  Depositor  in  respect  of  the Leased
                      Equipment or otherwise in respect of
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      Prepayments or Liquidation  Proceeds of defaulted  Lease
                      Contracts  will not be available for payment of interest
                      or principal on the Notes. See "Leased Equipment" below.
 
THE CONTRACTS.......  The aggregate of  the Contracts expected  to be held  by
                      the  Owner Trust as part of  the Trust Assets, as of any
                      particular date, is referred to as the "Contract  Pool,"
                      and  the  Contract  Pool,  as of  the  Cut-Off  Date, is
                      referred to  as the  "Cut-Off Date  Contract Pool."  The
                      Depositor  has prepared  certain statistics  relating to
                      the pool of  Contracts which, subject  to the  exception
                      noted  below, will constitute  the Cut-Off Date Contract
                      Pool. These statistics are based on such Contracts as of
                      September 1, 1996 (the "Preliminary Cut-Off Date").  The
                      Cut-Off   Date  Contract  Pool   will  consist  of  such
                      Contracts, less that portion  of the Contract  Principal
                      Balances which are paid, prepaid or charged off from the
                      Preliminary  Cut-Off  Date  to  the  Cut-Off  Date, plus
                      certain additional Contracts  originated or acquired  by
                      the Originators between the Preliminary Cut-Off Date and
                      the  Cut-Off Date. Accordingly,  the statistics relating
                      to such pool of Contacts  as of the Preliminary  Cut-Off
                      Date  (the "Preliminary Contract  Pool") may differ from
                      the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool, but such differences are
                      not expected  to be  material. However,  the  statistics
                      relating  to  the  Cut-Off Date  Contract  Pool  will be
                      included in the final Prospectus.
 
                      As of  the  Preliminary Cut-Off  Date,  the  Preliminary
                      Contract  Pool had the following characteristics (unless
                      otherwise  noted,  percentages  are  by  Contract   Pool
                      Principal  Balance  as  of such  date  (the "Preliminary
                      Contract Pool Principal  Balance"), determined for  this
                      purpose  using an  assumed discount  rate of  8.5%), but
                      discounting  the  applicable  Scheduled  Payments   with
                      respect  to Lease  Contracts to September  15, 1996, and
                      including an amount in respect of Scheduled Payments  on
                      the  Contracts due prior to, but not received as of, the
                      Preliminary Cut-Off Date);
 
                        (i) the Preliminary Contract Pool Principal Balance is
                        $3,182,091,856;
 
                        (ii) there were 281,895 Contracts;
 
                        (iii)  the  average  Contract  Principal  Balance  was
                        approximately $11,288;
 
                        (iv) of such Contracts, approximately 96.1% were Lease
                        Contracts and approximately 3.9% were Loan Contracts;
 
                        (v)  approximately 39.8% of  such Contracts related to
                        telecommunications equipment;  approximately 23.0%  of
                        such    Contracts   related   to   manufacturing   and
                        construction equipment;  and  approximately  18.8%  of
                        such  Contracts related to computers and point-of-sale
                        equipment;
 
                        (vi)  the  Obligors  on  approximately  13.1%  of  the
                        Contracts  were  located in  California; approximately
                        10.6% were located in  New Jersey; approximately  9.7%
                        were located in
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                        New  York; approximately 6.7% were located in Florida;
                        approximately 5.8% were located in Texas; and no other
                        state represented more than 5.0% of the Contracts;
 
                        (vii) approximately 90.6%  of the  Contracts had  been
                        originated by the Originators, with the remaining 9.4%
                        of  the  Contracts  having  been  originated  by third
                        parties and purchased by an Originator;
 
                        (viii) the remaining term of the Contracts ranged from
                        1 month to 96 months; and
 
                        (ix)  the  weighted  average  remaining  term  of  the
                        Contracts   was  approximately  38.5  months  and  the
                        weighted   average   age   of   the   Contracts    was
                        approximately 17.5 months. See "The
                        Contracts   --  Certain  Statistics  Relating  to  the
                        Preliminary Contract Pool."
 
                      TCC will  make  certain representations  and  warranties
                      regarding  each  Contract,  and  will  be  obligated  to
                      purchase any Contract in  the event of  a breach of  any
                      such  representation  or  warranty  that  materially and
                      adversely  affects  the  value  of  such  Contract.  See
                      "Mandatory Purchase of Certain Contracts" below.
 
ORIGINATORS.........  The  Contracts included in  the Contract Pool  as of the
                      Cut-Off Date  have been  originated or,  in some  cases,
                      acquired  by four wholly owned subsidiaries of TCC: AT&T
                      Capital Leasing  Services,  Inc.  ("Leasing  Services"),
                      AT&T  Credit  Corporation ("Credit  Corp."),  NCR Credit
                      Corp. ("NCR Credit"), and the Portland division of  AT&T
                      Commercial   Finance   Corporation  (such   division  is
                      referred  to   herein  as   "CFC")  (collectively,   the
                      "Originators").  See "AT&T Capital Corporation" and "The
                      Originators."
 
CONTRACT
 PREPAYMENTS........  TCC will represent  and warrant that  none of the  Lease
                      Contracts  permit the  Obligor thereunder  to prepay the
                      amounts due  under  such  Lease  Contract  or  otherwise
                      terminate  the  Lease  Contract prior  to  its scheduled
                      expiration date (except for a DE MINIMIS number of Lease
                      Contracts  which  allow  for   a  prepayment  or   early
                      termination  upon payment of an amount which is not less
                      than the  Required Payoff  Amount). Nevertheless,  under
                      the  Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will
                      be permitted to  allow Prepayments of  any of the  Lease
                      Contracts,  but only if the amount  paid by or on behalf
                      of the Obligor (or, in the case of a partial Prepayment,
                      the sum  of  such  amount  and  the  remaining  Contract
                      Principal   Balance   of   the   Lease   Contract  after
                      application of such  amount) is  at least  equal to  the
                      Required Payoff Amount for such Lease Contract.
 
                      Most  Loan  Contracts permit  the Obligor  thereunder to
                      prepay the Loan Contract,  in whole or  in part, at  any
                      time at par plus accrued interest. Approximately 3.9% of
                      the  Contracts (by  Preliminary Contract  Pool Principal
                      Balance) were Loan Contracts.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      The  "Required  Payoff  Amount,"  with  respect  to  any
                      Collection  Period for any Contract, is equal to the sum
                      of:
 
                          (i) the  Scheduled Payment  due in  such  Collection
                        Period,  together with  any Scheduled  Payments due in
                        prior Collection Periods and not yet received, plus
 
                          (ii) the Contract Principal Balance of such Contract
                        as of the  last day of  such Collection Period  (after
                        taking  into account the Scheduled Payment due in such
                        Collection Period).
 
                      In no event will Pledged Revenues include (nor will  the
                      Notes  or the  Equity Certificates  otherwise be payable
                      from) any portion  of a Prepayment  on a Lease  Contract
                      which  exceeds  the  Required  Payoff  Amount  for  such
                      Contract.
 
LIQUIDATED
 CONTRACTS..........  Liquidation Proceeds  (which will  consist generally  of
                      all  amounts received by the Servicer in connection with
                      the liquidation  of a  Contract and  disposition of  the
                      related  Equipment,  net  of  any  related out-of-pocket
                      liquidation expenses) will be allocated as follows:
 
                          (i) with  respect to  any  Loan Contract,  all  such
                        Liquidation  Proceeds will  be allocated  to the Owner
                        Trust; and
 
                          (ii)  with  respect  to  any  Lease  Contract,  such
                        Liquidation  Proceeds will be allocated  on a pro rata
                        basis between the Depositor, on the one hand, and  the
                        Owner  Trust, on the other,  based respectively on (a)
                        the "Book Value" of the  Leased Equipment (which is  a
                        fixed   amount  equal  to  the  value  of  the  Leased
                        Equipment as shown on the accounting books and records
                        of TCC or the  applicable Originator, as  appropriate,
                        as  of the Cut-Off  Date) and (b)  the Required Payoff
                        Amount for such Lease  Contract (determined as of  the
                        Collection  Period  during which  such  Lease Contract
                        became a Liquidated Contract);  provided that, in  the
                        event the Liquidation Proceeds in respect of any Lease
                        Contract  and the related  Leased Equipment exceed the
                        sum of the  Required Payoff Amount  for such  Contract
                        and  the Book Value of such Leased Equipment, any such
                        excess shall be allocated solely to the Depositor.
 
                      All Liquidation Proceeds which  are so allocable to  the
                      Owner  Trust will be deposited in the Collection Account
                      and constitute  Pledged Revenues  to be  applied to  the
                      payment  of interest and principal  on the Notes and the
                      Equity Certificates  in accordance  with the  priorities
                      described under "Priority of Payments" below.
 
SERVICING...........  The   Servicer   will  be   responsible   for  managing,
                      administering, servicing and  making collections on  the
                      Contracts.  Compensation to the  Servicer will include a
                      monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee"), which will be payable
                      to the  Servicer  from  the  Amount  Available  on  each
                      Payment  Date,  in an  amount  equal to  the  product of
                      one-twelfth  of          %  per   annum  multiplied   by
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      the Contract Pool Principal Balance determined as of the
                      last  day of the second preceding Collection Period (or,
                      in the case  of the  Servicing Fee with  respect to  the
                      Collection  Period commencing  on the  Cut-Off Date, the
                      Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off Date),
                      plus any late fees, late payment interest, documentation
                      fees,  insurance   administration  charges   and   other
                      administrative  charges and  a portion  of any extension
                      fees (collectively, the "Administrative Fees") collected
                      with  respect  to  the  Contracts  during  the   related
                      Collection   Period  and  any   investment  earnings  on
                      collections prior to deposit  thereof in the  Collection
                      Account.  The  Servicer  may be  terminated  as Servicer
                      under certain circumstances, in which event a  successor
                      Servicer  would be  appointed to  service the Contracts.
                      See "AT&T Capital Corporation"  and "Description of  the
                      Transfer  and Servicing Agreement -- Servicing -- Events
                      of Termination."
 
MANDATORY PURCHASE
 OF CERTAIN
 CONTRACTS..........  TCC will  make  certain representations  and  warranties
                      with respect to each Contract and the related Equipment,
                      as   more   fully   described  in   "The   Contracts  --
                      Representations  and  Warranties   Made  by  TCC."   The
                      Indenture  Trustee will  be entitled  to require  TCC to
                      purchase any  Contract  and,  in the  case  of  a  Lease
                      Contract, the related Leased Equipment, at a price equal
                      to   (i)  the  Required  Payoff  Amount,  plus  (ii)  if
                      applicable,  the  Book  Value  of  the  related   Leased
                      Equipment  (which Book Value amount will be allocated to
                      the  Depositor),  if  the  value  of  the  Contract   is
                      materially  and adversely  affected by  a breach  of any
                      such representation  or  warranty  which  is  not  cured
                      within a specified period.
 
EQUITY
 CERTIFICATES.......  The  Owner  Trust  will issue  the  Equity Certificates,
                      representing the  beneficial ownership  interest in  the
                      Owner  Trust, to the  Depositor. The Equity Certificates
                      will be  transferred  by  the Depositor  in  a  separate
                      transaction  unrelated to the issuance of the Notes. The
                      Equity  Certificates  will   be  payable  from   Pledged
                      Revenues  in the  priority described  under "Priority of
                      Payments"  below.  It  is   expected  that  the   Equity
                      Certificates  initially  will  represent  the  right  to
                      receive principal in an amount equal to approximately 4%
                      of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, together
                      with interest thereon  at an interest  rate of    %  per
                      annum. Commencing on the first Payment Date,    % of the
                      Monthly  Principal Amount will be  payable on the Equity
                      Certificates on  each Payment  Date,  on a  parity  with
                      payment  of principal on the  Notes, until the aggregate
                      amount so paid  equals $           (which is  1% of  the
                      Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance).
 
LEASED EQUIPMENT....  The  Depositor will not transfer  to the Owner Trust its
                      ownership or security interest in the Equipment  related
                      to   the  Lease  Contracts   (the  "Leased  Equipment"),
                      including the right to receive the Leased Equipment  (or
                      the purchase price therefor
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      or  proceeds  thereof) upon  expiration of  the original
                      term of the related  Lease Contract. The Depositor  will
                      also  not  transfer  to  the Owner  Trust  the  right to
                      receive the following:
 
                      (i) a portion  of certain Prepayments  (as described  in
                      clause  (ii) of  the definition  of "Pledged Revenues"),
                        which portion is anticipated to represent the value of
                        the related Leased Equipment;
 
                      (ii) a portion of the Liquidation Proceeds derived  from
                      the liquidation of any Lease Contract and disposition of
                        the  related  Leased  Equipment  (as  described  under
                        "Liquidated Contracts" above); and
 
                      (iii) the purchase  price paid  by TCC  to purchase  any
                      Leased  Equipment  due  to  a  breach  of  any  of TCC's
                        representations and  warranties  with respect  to  the
                        related  Lease Contract (as described under "Mandatory
                        Purchase of Certain Contracts" above).
 
                      Amounts payable to  the Depositor in  respect of  Leased
                      Equipment  or  otherwise  as  described  above  are  not
                      available to pay, and will not provide security for  the
                      payment  of, interest or  principal on the  Notes or the
                      Equity Certificates.
 
SERVICING AND
 COLLECTION
 ACCOUNTS...........  The Indenture  Trustee  will establish  and  maintain  a
                      Servicing Account, into which the Servicer will deposit,
                      no  later  than the  second  Business Day  after receipt
                      thereof,   all    Scheduled    Payments,    Prepayments,
                      Liquidation  Proceeds and other  amounts received by the
                      Servicer in respect of  the Contracts after the  Cut-Off
                      Date.  The  Indenture  Trustee will  also  establish and
                      maintain  the  Collection  Account,  into  which   those
                      amounts   deposited   in  the   Servicing   Account  and
                      constituting Pledged Revenues will be transferred within
                      three Business Days following the deposit thereof in the
                      Servicing Account. The Servicer will be permitted to use
                      any alternative remittance schedule which is  acceptable
                      to  the Rating Agencies  if the effect  thereof will not
                      result in a  qualification, reduction  or withdrawal  of
                      any  of the  ratings then  applicable to  the Notes. See
                      "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement  --
                      Collections on Contracts."
 
CASH COLLATERAL
 ACCOUNT............  A  "Cash Collateral  Account" will be  established on or
                      prior to the Closing Date  and will be available to  the
                      Indenture  Trustee.  The  Cash  Collateral  Account will
                      initially be funded in an  amount equal to     % of  the
                      Initial  Contract Pool  Principal Balance (approximately
                      $       ). Amounts on deposit  from time to time in  the
                      Cash  Collateral Account (up  to, but not  in excess of,
                      the Requisite Amount (as  defined under "Description  of
                      the   Notes  --  Cash   Collateral  Account"),  and  not
                      including any investment earnings  on such funds)  shall
                      be  used  to fund  the  amounts specified  below  in the
                      following order of priority (to the extent that  amounts
                      on  deposit in the Collection  Account as of any Deposit
                      Date are insufficient
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      therefor and provided  that any  such insufficiency  has
                      resulted,  directly or indirectly, from delinquencies or
                      defaults, or both, on the Contracts):
 
                      (i)  to  pay  interest  on  the  Notes  and  the  Equity
                      Certificates in the following order of priority:
 
                      (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (b) interest on the Class B Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon), and
 
                      (c)  interest on the  Equity Certificates (including any
                          overdue interest and interest thereon);
 
                      (ii) to pay  any Principal Deficiency  Amount (equal  to
                      the lesser of:
 
                      (a)  the aggregate  Liquidation Losses  on all Contracts
                          that became Liquidated Contracts during the  related
                          Collection Period, or
 
                      (b)  the excess, if any,  of (A) the aggregate principal
                          balance of  the Notes  and the  Equity  Certificates
                          (after  giving effect to  all other distributions of
                          principal  on  such  Payment  Date),  over  (B)  the
                          aggregate  of  the Required  Payoff Amounts  for all
                          Contracts  as  of  the  last  day  of  the   related
                          Collection Period); and
 
                      (iii)   to  pay  principal  on   the  Notes  and  Equity
                      Certificates at  the  applicable  Stated  Maturity  Date
                        thereof.
 
                      If  and to the extent that  the amount on deposit in the
                      Cash Collateral Account as of  any Payment Date is  less
                      than  the  Requisite Amount,  such  deficiency is  to be
                      restored from  the  remaining  Amount  Available,  after
                      payment  of the Servicing Fee and interest and principal
                      on the Notes and  the Equity Certificates, as  described
                      under  "Priority  of  Payments"  below.  Any  amount  on
                      deposit in the Cash Collateral Account in excess of  the
                      Requisite  Amount, and all  investment earnings on funds
                      in the Cash  Collateral Account, will  be released  from
                      the  Cash  Collateral Account  and paid  to or  upon the
                      order of the  Depositor, and  will not  be available  to
                      make  payments on the Notes  or the Equity Certificates.
                      See  "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Cash   Collateral
                      Account."
 
PRIORITY OF
 PAYMENTS...........  On  each  Payment Date,  the  Indenture Trustee  will be
                      required to make the following payments, first, from the
                      Related Collection Period  Pledged Revenues, second,  to
                      the   extent  the  Related   Collection  Period  Pledged
                      Revenues are insufficient to  pay interest on the  Notes
                      and  the Equity  Certificates on such  Payment Date, the
                      amount necessary  to cure  such insufficiency  from  the
                      Current  Collection Period  Pledged Revenues,  and third
                      (but only as  to amounts  described in  clause (ii)  and
                      certain  amounts included in clause (iii)), from amounts
                      permitted to  be  withdrawn  from  the  Cash  Collateral
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      Account  as  described under  "Cash  Collateral Account"
                      above, in  the following  order of  priority (except  as
                      otherwise  described under "Description  of the Notes --
                      Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default"):
 
                      (i) the Servicing Fee;
 
                      (ii) interest on the  Notes and the Equity  Certificates
                      in the following order of priority:
 
                      (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (b) interest on the Class B Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon), and
 
                      (c)  interest on the  Equity Certificates (including any
                          overdue interest and interest thereon);
 
                      (iii) an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount as
                      of such  Payment Date  in respect  of principal  on  the
                        Notes  and  the  Equity Certificates  in  the priority
                        described under "Principal" above;
 
                      (iv) to the Cash Collateral Account, the amount, if any,
                        necessary to  increase  the  balance  therein  to  the
                        Requisite Amount; and
 
                      (v) the remainder, if any, to payment of certain amounts
                        payable in connection with the Cash Collateral Account
                        and thereafter to the Equity Certificateholders.
 
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF
 CONTRACTS..........  The  Depositor may purchase all  of the Contracts on any
                      Payment Date  following the  date  on which  the  unpaid
                      principal   balance   of  the   Notes  and   the  Equity
                      Certificates is less  than 10% of  the Initial  Contract
                      Pool Principal Balance, subject to certain provisions as
                      described  herein  under  "Description of  the  Notes --
                      Optional Purchase of Contracts."  The purchase price  to
                      be  paid in  connection with  such purchase  shall be at
                      least equal to the unpaid principal balance of the Notes
                      and the Equity Certificates as of such Payment Date plus
                      interest  to  be  paid  on  the  Notes  and  the  Equity
                      Certificates  on such Payment Date. The proceeds of such
                      purchase shall be  applied on such  Payment Date to  the
                      payment  of the remaining principal balance of the Notes
                      and  the  Equity  Certificates,  together  with  accrued
                      interest thereon.
 
U.S. TAXATION.......  In  the  opinion of  counsel  to the  Depositor  and the
                      opinion of counsel to  the Underwriters, the Notes  will
                      be  characterized  as indebtedness  and the  Owner Trust
                      will  not  be  characterized  as  an  "association"   or
                      "publicly  traded partnership" taxable  as a corporation
                      for federal income tax purposes. Each Noteholder, by its
                      acceptance of a Note, will  agree to treat the Notes  as
                      indebtedness  for  federal, state  and local  income tax
                      purposes. Prospective investors  are advised to  consult
                      their  own tax advisors regarding the federal income tax
                      consequences of the
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      purchase, ownership and  disposition of  Notes, and  the
                      tax  consequences arising under the laws of any state or
                      other taxing jurisdiction. See "United States Taxation."
 
                      In the opinion of  counsel, under United States  federal
                      income tax law in effect as of the date hereof, payments
                      of  principal  and interest  on  the Notes  to  a United
                      States Alien Holder will not be subject to United States
                      federal withholding tax (subject to the exceptions noted
                      in "United States Taxation -- Tax Consequences to United
                      States Alien Holders"). If such law were to change  and,
                      as  a result thereof, United States withholding tax were
                      imposed on such payments,  a United States Alien  Holder
                      would receive such payments net of such withholding tax,
                      and  neither the Owner Trust, the Depositor, TCC nor any
                      other party would have any  obligation to gross up  such
                      payments to compensate for such withholding tax.
 
ERISA
 CONSIDERATIONS.....  If  the Notes are considered  to be indebtedness without
                      substantial equity features under a regulation issued by
                      the United States Department  of Labor, the  acquisition
                      or  holding of Notes  by or on behalf  of a Benefit Plan
                      will not cause the assets  of the Owner Trust to  become
                      plan    assets,   thereby   generally   preventing   the
                      application of certain  prohibited transaction rules  of
                      the  Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
                      amended ("ERISA"),  and  the Internal  Revenue  Code  of
                      1986,  as  amended  (the "Code"),  that  otherwise could
                      possibly  be  applicable.  Although  there  can  be   no
                      assurances  in this  regard, it  appears that  the Notes
                      should be  treated as  indebtedness without  substantial
                      equity  features for  purposes of such  regulation. As a
                      result,  subject  to  the  considerations  described  in
                      "ERISA  Considerations" herein,  the Notes  are eligible
                      for purchase  with  plan  assets of  any  Benefit  Plan.
                      However,  a  fiduciary  or  other  person  contemplating
                      purchasing the Notes on behalf of or with plan assets of
                      any Benefit Plan should carefully review with its  legal
                      advisors  whether the  purchase or holding  of the Notes
                      could give  rise  to  a transaction  prohibited  or  not
                      otherwise permissible under ERISA or Section 4975 of the
                      Code. See "ERISA Considerations."
 
LEGAL INVESTMENT....  The  Class  A-1 Notes  will  be eligible  securities for
                      purchase by money market funds under Rule 2a-7 under the
                      Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
REGISTRATION,
 CLEARANCE AND
 SETTLEMENT OF
 NOTES..............  Each of the Notes will be registered in the name of Cede
                      & Co., as  the nominee of  The Depository Trust  Company
                      ("DTC"),  and  will be  available  for purchase  only in
                      book-entry form on the records of DTC and  participating
                      members thereof. Notes will be issued in definitive form
                      only  under  the limited  circumstances  described under
                      "Description of  the  Notes --  Definitive  Notes."  All
                      references  herein to  "Holders" or  "Noteholders" shall
                      reflect the rights  of beneficial owners  of Notes  (the
                      "Note   Owners"),  as   they  may   indirectly  exercise
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      such  rights  through  DTC  and  participating   members
                      thereof,  except  as  otherwise  specified  herein.  See
                      "Description of the  Notes -- Book-Entry  Registration."
                      Noteholders  may elect  to hold their  Notes through DTC
                      (in the United  States) or Cedel  Bank or Euroclear  (in
                      Europe).  Transfers will be made  in accordance with the
                      rules and operating procedures  described in Appendix  A
                      hereto.
 
LISTING.............  Application  has  been made  to  list the  Notes  on the
                      Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
 
GOVERNING LAW.......  The  Transfer   and  Servicing   Agreement,  the   Trust
                      Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture and the
                      Notes  will be governed by the  laws of the State of New
                      York.
</TABLE>
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective  Noteholders should consider the following factors in connection
with the purchase of the Notes:
 
   
LIMITED ASSETS OF THE OWNER TRUST
    
 
   
    The Notes are secured by the payments  to be derived from the Contracts  and
other Trust Assets, which will not include any amounts constituting the purchase
price  for or proceeds of Leased Equipment  upon expiration of the original term
of the related Lease Contract or the portion of the Liquidation Proceeds derived
from the liquidation  of any  defaulted Lease  Contract and  disposition of  the
related Leased Equipment that is allocable to the Depositor as described herein,
which  amounts will be paid  solely to the Depositor.  Moreover, the Owner Trust
will have no assets other than the  Contracts (including all or, in the case  of
Lease  Contracts, an allocable portion of  the Liquidation Proceeds derived from
the disposition of the  related Equipment or otherwise  upon the liquidation  of
defaulted  Contracts), amounts  on deposit from  time to time  in the Collection
Account and  the accounts  established pursuant  to the  Transfer and  Servicing
Agreement  and the right to certain amounts  in the Cash Collateral Account. The
Notes will represent  obligations solely  of the Owner  Trust, and  none of  the
Notes  will  be  insured or  guaranteed,  directly  or indirectly,  by  TCC, the
Depositor, the Indenture Trustee or the  Owner Trustee (or any affiliate of  any
of  them) or any other person or entity. Consequently, Holders of the Notes must
rely for payment of interest  and principal thereon on  a given Payment Date  on
the Amount Available for such Payment Date.
    
 
   
SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B NOTES
    
 
   
    To   the  extent  described  herein  under  "Description  of  the  Notes  --
Distributions" and "-- Subordination of Class B Notes and Equity  Certificates,"
(i) payments of interest and principal on the Class B Notes will be subordinated
in  priority of payment to interest and  principal, respectively, on the Class A
Notes and (ii)  payments of interest  and principal on  the Equity  Certificates
will  be  subordinated  in  priority  of  payment  to  interest  and  principal,
respectively, on the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes. In addition,  payments
of  principal  on the  Notes  will be  subordinated  in priority  of  payment to
payments of  interest on  the  Notes and  the  Equity Certificates.  The  Equity
Certificates  initially  will represent  the right  to  receive principal  in an
amount equal to  4% of  the Initial Contract  Pool Principal  Balance, but  such
amount  will be  reduced as a  result of  principal payments made  on the Equity
Certificates (see "Description of  the Notes --  Principal"), which will  reduce
the benefit to the Notes of the subordination of the Equity Certificates.
    
 
   
    Delinquencies  and defaults on the  Contracts could eliminate the protection
afforded the  Class  B  Noteholders  by the  Cash  Collateral  Account  and  the
subordination  of the  Equity Certificates,  and the  Class B  Noteholders could
incur losses on their investment as a result. Further delinquencies and defaults
on the  Contracts  could  eliminate  the  protection  offered  to  the  Class  A
Noteholders  by the  subordination of  the Class  B Notes,  and such Noteholders
could also incur losses on their investment as a result.
    
 
BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY RISKS
 
   
    Dorsey & Whitney LLP, counsel to the Depositor, will deliver a legal opinion
to the  effect that,  subject to  the qualifications  and limitations  expressed
therein,  the  transfer  of the  Contracts  and  the Leased  Equipment  from the
Originators to the Depositor constitutes  a sale or absolute assignment,  rather
than  a pledge to secure indebtedness of TCC or the Originators; and that in the
event that TCC  or any  of the  Originators were to  become a  debtor under  the
federal  bankruptcy code, a creditor or trustee in bankruptcy would be unable to
successfully challenge the transfer of the Contracts and the Leased Equipment to
the Depositor and the Contracts, payments thereunder and the Equipment would not
be property of the bankruptcy estate. However, if TCC or any of the  Originators
were  to become a debtor under the federal bankruptcy code or similar applicable
state  laws  (collectively,  "Insolvency  Laws"),  a  creditor  or  trustee   in
bankruptcy  of TCC or  such Originator, or  TCC or such  Originator or either of
them as debtor-in-possession, might  argue that such  transfer of the  Contracts
and  the  Equipment from  the Originators  to  the Depositor  was (or  should be
recharacterized   as)    a   pledge    of   such    assets   rather    than    a
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
sale.  If this position were accepted by a court, any Lease Contracts considered
to be "true"  leases under the  applicable Insolvency Laws  (as described  under
"The   Contracts--Description  of  the  Contracts"),   and  any  other  Contract
considered to be executory under such Insolvency Laws, could be rejected by such
trustee in  bankruptcy or  by TCC  or such  Originator as  debtor-in-possession,
which  would  result in  the termination  of Scheduled  Payments under  any such
Contracts and reductions in distributions to Noteholders, and Noteholders  could
incur  a loss on their investment as a  result. To reduce the likelihood of such
rejection, UCC  financing  statements perfecting  a  security interest  for  the
benefit  of the  Depositor in the  Equipment, and assignments  of such perfected
security interest to the  Owner Trust and the  Indenture Trustee, will be  filed
against the Originators (except in two States representing less than 3.5% of the
Preliminary Contract Pool Principal Balance). Even if such Contracts were not so
rejected  in the event  of an insolvency of  TCC or any  of the Originators, the
Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee  could experience a delay in or  reduction
of  collections on all of  the Contracts, and Noteholders  could incur a loss on
their investment as a result. In addition,  in the event of an insolvency of  an
originator  other  than  one  of  the  Originators,  a  court  could  attempt to
recharacterize the sale of the Contracts  by such third-party originator to  the
applicable Originator as a borrowing from the Originator, secured by a pledge of
such Contracts and the rights in the Equipment.
    
 
   
    A  case decided by the United States  Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit
contains  language  to  the  effect  that  accounts  sold  by  an  entity   that
subsequently became bankrupt remained property of the debtor's bankruptcy estate
because  the sale of accounts  is treated as a  "security interest" that must be
perfected under  the Uniform  Commercial Code  ("UCC"). Although  the  Contracts
constitute  chattel paper or general intangibles  rather than accounts under the
UCC, sales of  chattel paper, like  sales of accounts,  must be perfected  under
Article  9 of the UCC. If TCC or any  of the Originators were to become a debtor
under any Insolvency Law and a court  were to follow the reasoning of the  Tenth
Circuit  Court of Appeals and  apply such reasoning to  chattel paper, the Owner
Trust (and thus the Indenture Trustee) could experience a delay in or  reduction
of  collections on the  Contracts, and Noteholders  could incur a  loss on their
investment as a result.
    
 
   
    Dorsey &  Whitney LLP  will deliver  a  legal opinion  to the  effect  that,
subject  to the qualifications and limitations  expressed therein, if any of the
Originators or TCC were to  become a debtor in  a bankruptcy case, a  bankruptcy
court  would  not order  that the  assets  and liabilities  of the  Depositor be
consolidated with those of such Originator or TCC. The Depositor has taken steps
in structuring the transactions  described herein that  are intended to  prevent
the  voluntary or involuntary application  for relief by or  on behalf of TCC or
any Originator under any Insolvency Law  from resulting in the consolidation  of
the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Depositor  with  those  of  TCC  or such
Originator. Such steps include the maintenance of separate books and records and
the insistence on arm's-length terms in all agreements with TCC, the Originators
and affiliates thereof.  Nevertheless, there can  be no assurance  that, in  the
event  of a bankruptcy or insolvency of TCC or any Originator, a court would not
order  that  the  Depositor's  or  Owner  Trust's  assets  and  liabilities   be
consolidated  with  those  of  TCC  or such  Originator.  Any  such  order would
adversely affect the Owner Trust's and Noteholders' ability to receive  payments
on  the Contracts, and Noteholders  could incur a loss  on their investment as a
result.
    
 
   
    Under federal or state fraudulent transfer laws, a court could, among  other
things, subordinate the rights of the Noteholders in the Contracts and Equipment
to  the rights of creditors of TCC or  the Originators, if a court were to find,
among other things, that  TCC or the Originators  received less than  reasonably
equivalent  value or fair consideration for the Contracts and the Equipment and,
at the time of any transfers, was insolvent or rendered insolvent as a result of
such transfer,  and Noteholders  could incur  a loss  on their  investment as  a
result.
    
 
    While  TCC is  the Servicer,  cash collections held  by TCC  may, subject to
certain conditions, be commingled and used for  the benefit of TCC prior to  the
date  on which  such collections  are required to  be deposited  in a Collection
Account as described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreement
- -- Collections on Contracts" and, in the event of the insolvency or receivership
of TCC or, in
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
certain  circumstances, the lapse  of certain time periods,  the Owner Trust may
not have a  perfected ownership or  security interest in  such collections,  and
Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a result.
 
   
    If  the Depositor were to become  insolvent under any Insolvency Law, delays
and reductions in the  amount of distributions to  Noteholders could occur.  The
Depositor has taken certain steps to minimize the likelihood that it will become
bankrupt   or  otherwise   insolvent.  The   Depositor  is   prohibited  by  its
organizational documents and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement from  engaging
in  activities (including the  incurrence or guaranty of  debt) other than those
permitted by the Trust Agreement and  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.  See
"The  Depositor  and  the Owner  Trust  --  The Depositor."  Its  certificate of
incorporation also contains restrictions on the Depositor's ability to  commence
a  voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Law without the affirmative
vote of all its  directors, including its  independent directors. The  Indenture
Trustee,  on  behalf  of  the  Noteholders, will  covenant  not  to  subject the
Depositor to bankruptcy proceedings until the  Notes have been paid in full  and
one  year and  one day  has elapsed.  The Depositor  believes that  such actions
substantially mitigate  the risk  of an  involuntary bankruptcy  petition  being
filed against it.
    
 
   
    TCC   will  make  certain  representations   and  warranties  regarding  the
Contracts, the  Equipment  and certain  other  matters (see  "The  Contracts  --
Representations  and  Warranties  Made by  TCC").  In  the event  that  any such
representation or warranty with  regard to a specific  Contract is breached,  is
not  cured within a specified period of time,  and the value of such Contract is
materially and  adversely affected  by such  breach, TCC  shall be  required  to
purchase  the Contract  from the Owner  Trust at  a price equal  to the Required
Payoff Amount of such Contract, and, in  the case of a Lease Contract, shall  be
required  to purchase the related Leased Equipment from the Depositor at a price
equal to the Book Value thereof. In  the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency  of
TCC,  the Indenture Trustee's right to compel  a purchase would both be impaired
and have  to  be  satisfied out  of  the  available assets,  if  any,  of  TCC's
bankruptcy  estate, and Noteholders could incur a  loss on their investment as a
result.
    
 
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
   
    The weighted average life  of the Notes will  be reduced by prepayments  and
early  terminations of  the Contracts. Prepayments  may result  from payments by
Obligors, certain amounts received as a  result of default or early  termination
of a Contract, the receipt of proceeds from the physical damage to the Equipment
to  the  extent described  herein  under "The  Contracts,"  purchases by  TCC of
Contracts as a  result of certain  uncured breaches of  the representations  and
warranties   made  by   it  with   respect  thereto   (see  "The   Contracts  --
Representations and Warranties  Made by  TCC") or the  Depositor exercising  its
option to purchase all of the remaining Contracts (see "Description of the Notes
- --  Optional Purchase  of Contracts").  Generally, none  of the  Lease Contracts
permit a prepayment or early termination thereof. Nevertheless, TCC historically
has permitted lessees to terminate leases  early, either in connection with  the
execution  of  a  new  lease  of replacement  equipment  or  upon  payment  of a
negotiated prepayment premium,  or both.  The Transfer  and Servicing  Agreement
will  permit the Servicer to allow a voluntary prepayment of a Lease Contract by
an Obligor at any time so long as the amount paid by or on behalf of the Obligor
(or, in  the case  of a  partial  prepayment, the  sum of  such amount  and  the
remaining  Contract Principal Balance of the Lease Contract after application of
such amount) is  at least equal  to the  Required Payoff Amount  for such  Lease
Contract.  Approximately  3.9% of  the Contracts  (by Preliminary  Contract Pool
Principal Balance)  are Loan  Contracts, most  of which  permit the  Obligor  to
prepay  the Contract, in whole or in part,  at any time. The amounts so received
in respect of  such prepayments  are to  be added  to the  Amount Available  and
applied   in  the   priority  described   in  "Description   of  the   Notes  --
Distributions." No assurance can be given as to the rate of prepayments or as to
whether there will be a substantial amount of prepayments, nor can any assurance
be given as to the level or timing of any prepayments that do occur. As the rate
of payment  of  principal of  the  Notes will  depend  on the  rate  of  payment
(including  prepayments) on  the Contracts,  final payment  of a  Class of Notes
could occur significantly earlier than the  Stated Maturity Date of such  Class.
There can be no assurance that
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
   
Noteholders  will be able to reinvest principal paid on any Class of Notes at an
interest rate equal to  the Interest Rate for  such Class, and Noteholders  will
bear all reinvestment risk resulting from the timing of payments of principal on
the Notes. See "Weighted Average Life of the Notes" in Appendix B hereto.
    
 
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
 
   
    The transfer of the Contracts by the Originators to the Depositor and by the
Depositor  to the Owner Trust,  the perfection of the  interest of the Depositor
and the Owner Trust in the Contracts and the right to receive payments  thereon,
and the Owner Trust's and the Indenture Trustee's interest in such Contracts and
in  the Equipment are subject to the requirements of the UCC as in effect in New
York and the states where the  various Originators, the Depositor and the  Owner
Trust  are located and, with respect to certain of the Equipment, in the various
states in which the Equipment subject to the applicable Contract is located from
time to time. The Depositor will take or  cause to be taken such actions as  are
required to perfect the transfer to the Owner Trust of the Depositor's rights in
the  Contracts and the right  to receive payments thereunder  and to perfect the
security interest of the  Indenture Trustee in the  Owner Trust's rights in  the
Contracts and the right to receive payments thereunder.
    
 
   
    It  has been the general  policy of TCC, depending  on the dollar amount and
type of the particular Contract, the perceived credit quality of the  particular
Obligor   and  the  estimated  repossession  value  of  the  particular  related
Equipment, not to file or (in certain cases) not to obtain or file UCC financing
statements with respect to the Equipment relating to certain Contracts. See "The
Originators -- Underwriting and Servicing -- Documentation." With respect to any
such Contracts that were deemed to be loans or leases intended for security  (as
described  under "The Contracts  -- Description of  the Contracts"), a purchaser
from the  applicable  Obligor  of  the  related  Equipment  would  acquire  such
Equipment  free and clear of  the interest of the  applicable Originator in such
Equipment, and a creditor of the Obligor which has taken a security interest  in
such  Equipment and filed  a UCC financing  statement with respect  thereto or a
trustee in the bankruptcy of such Obligor would have priority over the  interest
of  the applicable Originator in such Equipment. Any such purchaser, creditor or
trustee would have an interest  superior to the interest  of the Owner Trust  in
such  Equipment, which interest is derived from the transfer and conveyance of a
security interest in the Equipment by the  Depositor to the Owner Trust. All  of
the  Contracts  prohibit  the  Obligor  from  selling  or  pledging  the related
Equipment to third parties.
    
 
   
    Due to the  administrative burden  and expense,  no assignments  of the  UCC
financing  statements evidencing the security interest of the Originators in the
Equipment (to the extent that such financing statements have been filed  against
the  Obligor, as discussed above) will be  filed to reflect the Depositor's, the
Owner Trust's or  the Indenture  Trustee's interests therein.  While failure  to
file  such  assignments  does  not  affect the  Owner  Trust's  interest  in the
Contracts or perfection of  the Indenture Trustee's  interest in such  Contracts
(including the related Originator's security interest in the related Equipment),
it  does expose  the Owner  Trust (and  thus Noteholders)  to the  risk that the
Originator could release its security interest  in the Equipment of record,  and
it  could  complicate  the  Owner  Trust's  enforcement,  as  assignee,  of  the
Originator's security interest in  the Equipment. While  these risks should  not
affect  the perfection or priority  of the interest of  the Indenture Trustee in
the Contracts or  rights to payment  thereunder, they may  adversely affect  the
right  of  the  Indenture Trustee  to  receive  proceeds of  disposition  of the
Equipment subject to  a Liquidated Contract,  which are to  be allocated to  the
Owner  Trust  as  described  under  "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Liquidated
Contracts." Additionally, statutory liens for repairs or unpaid taxes and  other
liens  arising by operation of  law may have priority  even over prior perfected
security interests in the Equipment assigned to the Indenture Trustee.
    
 
   
    The Servicer will hold the Contracts and certain related documents on behalf
of the  Owner Trust  and Indenture  Trustee. To  facilitate servicing  and  save
administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other
similar   documents  that  are  in  the  Servicer's  possession.  UCC  financing
statements will be filed  in the appropriate  jurisdictions reflecting the  sale
and  assignment of the Contracts and the Originators' interests in the Equipment
by the  Originators  to  the  Depositor, the  transfer  and  assignment  of  the
Contracts by the Depositor to the Owner Trust and the pledge of the Contracts by
the  Owner Trust to the Indenture Trustee, and the Servicer's accounting records
and computer  systems will  also  reflect such  sale, assignment,  transfer  and
pledge. The Contracts will not, however, be stamped or
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
   
otherwise marked to reflect that such Contracts have been sold to the Depositor,
transferred  to the Owner Trust or pledged to the Indenture Trustee. If, through
inadvertence or otherwise, any of the Contracts were sold to another party (or a
security interest therein were granted to another party) that purchased (or took
a security interest in) any of such Contracts in the ordinary course of business
and took possession of  such Contracts, the purchaser  (or secured party)  would
acquire an interest in the Contracts superior to the interest of the Owner Trust
and  Indenture Trustee if the  purchaser (or secured party)  acquired (or took a
security interest in) such Contracts for new value and without actual  knowledge
of the Owner Trust's or Indenture Trustee's interest. Such superior interest may
include an ownership interest, which would cut off all rights of the Owner Trust
to  such Contracts and payments thereunder,  or a security interest, which would
be senior to  the security interest  held by  the Owner Trust;  in either  case,
Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a result.
    
 
NO GROSS-UP FOR WITHHOLDING TAX
 
   
    In  the opinion of  counsel, under current United  States federal income tax
law in effect as of the date  hereof, payments of principal and interest on  the
Notes  to a  United States  Alien Holder  will not  be subject  to United States
federal withholding  tax (subject  to  the exceptions  noted in  "United  States
Taxation  -- Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders"). If such law were
to change and, as a result  thereof, United States withholding tax were  imposed
on  such payments, a United States Alien  Holder would receive such payments net
of such withholding tax; and neither the Owner Trust, the Depositor, TCC nor any
other party has any  obligation to gross  up such payments  to account for  such
withholding tax.
    
 
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
 
    There  is currently no  market for the Notes.  The U.S. Underwriters expect,
but will not be obligated, to make a market for the Notes in the United  States;
and  the International  Managers expect,  but will not  be obligated,  to make a
market for the Notes outside the United States. There can be no assurance that a
secondary market for the Notes will develop or, if it does develop, that it will
provide the Holders of such Notes with liquidity of investment or will  continue
for  the life  of such  Notes. Although it  is expected  that the  Notes will be
listed on the Luxembourg  Stock Exchange, there can  be no assurances that  such
listing will increase the liquidity of the Notes.
 
   
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
    
 
   
    The Notes will be issued in book-entry, rather than physical, form and, as a
result,  in certain circumstances,  the liquidity of the  Notes in the secondary
market and  the ability  of the  Noteholders  to pledge  them may  be  adversely
affected.  See  "Underwriting"  and  "Description  of  the  Notes  -- Book-Entry
Registration." The Notes will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC  and
will  not be registered in the names of the beneficial owners or their nominees.
As a  result,  unless and  until  Definitive Notes  are  issued in  the  limited
circumstances  described under "Description  of the Notes  -- Definitive Notes,"
beneficial  owners  will  not  be   recognized  by  the  Indenture  Trustee   as
Noteholders,  as that  term is  used in the  Indenture. Hence,  until such time,
beneficial owners  will only  be  able to  exercise  the rights  of  Noteholders
indirectly  through DTC  and its  participating organizations.  In addition, the
laws of some states require that certain purchasers of securities take  physical
delivery  of such securities in certificated form. Such limits and such laws may
impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the Notes.
    
 
                       THE DEPOSITOR AND THE OWNER TRUST
 
THE DEPOSITOR
 
   
    Antigua Funding Corporation is incorporated under  the laws of the State  of
Delaware  and is a wholly  owned subsidiary of TCC. On  the Closing Date, all of
the Contracts and the interests of the Originators in the related Equipment will
be transferred by the Originators  to the Depositor in  return for stock in  the
Depositor,  pro rata in accordance with the value of the Contracts and Equipment
transferred by each Originator.  The Depositor will pay  to the Originators  the
net  proceeds received from  the offering and  sale of the  Notes and the Equity
Certificates.
    
 
   
    The Depositor has been  formed solely for the  purposes of the  transactions
described  in this  Prospectus; and  under its  incorporation documents  and the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
   
Depositor is not permitted  to engage in any  activity other than (i)  acquiring
the Contracts and interests of the Originators in the Equipment related thereto,
(ii) transferring and conveying the Loan Contracts and the security interests in
the  related Equipment to the Owner  Trust, (iii) transferring and conveying the
Lease  Contracts  to  the  Owner  Trust,  (iv)  executing  and  performing   its
obligations  under the Trust Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, and the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement,  (v) holding or  transferring the Equity  Certificates,
(vi)  engaging in other  transactions, including entering  into agreements, that
are necessary,  suitable  or  convenient  to accomplish  the  foregoing  or  are
incidental  thereto  or  connected  therewith  and  (vii)  engaging  in  similar
transactions with  respect to  other  trusts similar  to  the Owner  Trust.  The
Depositor  is prohibited  from incurring  any debt,  issuing any  obligations or
incurring any liabilities, except in connection with the formation of the  Owner
Trust and the issuance of the Notes. The Depositor is not liable, responsible or
obligated, directly or indirectly, for payment of any principal, interest or any
other amount in respect of any of the Notes.
    
 
   
    The Depositor will not transfer to the Owner Trust its ownership or security
interest   in  the  Equipment  related  to  the  Lease  Contracts  (the  "Leased
Equipment"), including  the  right  to  receive the  Leased  Equipment  (or  the
purchase price therefor or the proceeds thereof) upon expiration of the original
term of the related Lease Contracts. The Depositor will also not transfer to the
Owner Trust the right to receive the following:
    
 
   
    (i)  a portion of  certain Prepayments (as  described in clause  (ii) of the
definition  of  "Pledged   Revenues"  under   "Description  of   the  Notes   --
Distributions"),  which portion  is anticipated  to represent  the value  of the
related Leased Equipment;
    
 
   
    (ii) a portion of the Liquidation  Proceeds derived from the liquidation  of
any  Lease  Contract and  the disposition  of the  related Leased  Equipment (as
described under "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts"); and
    
 
   
    (iii) the purchase price paid by TCC to purchase any Leased Equipment due to
a breach of  any of  TCC's representations and  warranties with  respect to  the
related Lease Contract (as described under "The Contracts -- Representations and
Warranties Made by TCC").
    
 
   
    Amounts payable to the Depositor in respect of Leased Equipment or otherwise
as  described above are not available to  pay, and will not provide security for
the payment of, interest or principal on the Notes or the Equity Certificates.
    
 
THE OWNER TRUST
 
   
    The Owner  Trust was  created pursuant  to a  Trust Agreement,  dated as  of
September  1,  1996,  between  the  Depositor and  the  Owner  Trustee,  and the
Depositor and the Owner  Trustee will enter into  an Amended and Restated  Trust
Agreement  on the Closing Date. Prior to  the Closing Date, the Owner Trust will
have no assets, property or obligations.
    
 
   
    The  Owner  Trust  will  issue  the  Equity  Certificates,  representing   a
beneficial  ownership interest in the Owner  Trust, to the Depositor. The Equity
Certificates will  be transferred  by the  Depositor in  a separate  transaction
unrelated  to the issuance of the Notes. The Equity Certificates will be payable
from Pledged Revenues in the priority described under "Description of the  Notes
- --  Distributions" below. It is expected  that the Equity Certificates initially
will  represent  the  right  to  receive   principal  in  an  amount  equal   to
approximately  4% of the Initial Contract  Pool Principal Balance, together with
interest thereon at an interest rate of    % per annum. Commencing on the  first
Payment  Date,   % of the Monthly Principal Amount will be payable on the Equity
Certificates on each Payment Date, on a parity with payment of principal on  the
Notes,  until the aggregate amount so paid  equals $         (which is 1% of the
Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance).
    
 
   
    On the Closing Date,  the Depositor and the  Owner Trustee will execute  and
deliver  the  Amended and  Restated  Trust Agreement;  the  Owner Trust  and the
Indenture Trustee will  execute and  deliver the Indenture;  the Depositor,  the
Indenture  Trustee, the Owner Trustee and  the Servicer will execute and deliver
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement; and the Depositor, TCC and the Originators
will execute  and deliver  the  Purchase Agreement.  On  the Closing  Date,  the
Depositor will, pursuant to the Transfer
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
and  Servicing Agreement,  transfer and  convey to  the Owner  Trust all  of the
Contracts and the related security  interests in the Equipment in  consideration
for (i) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, less that portion thereof to be
used to fund a portion of the Cash Collateral Account and to pay the expenses of
the Depositor, and (ii) the Equity Certificates.
    
 
   
    From and after the Closing Date, the Trust Assets will consist of:
    
 
   
    (1)  a  pool  of  equipment  lease  contracts  (the  "Lease  Contracts") and
installment sale contracts, promissory notes,  loan and security agreements  and
other  similar types of receivables (the "Loan Contracts" and, together with the
Lease Contracts,  the  "Contracts"),  with various  lessees  or  other  obligors
thereunder  (each, an "Obligor"), including, (a) all  monies at any time paid or
payable thereon or in  respect thereof from  and after the  Cut-Off Date in  the
form  of (i) Scheduled Payments (including  all Scheduled Payments due prior to,
but not received as of, the  Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled  Payments
due  on or after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date, (ii) Prepayments (but
excluding, in the case of a Lease Contract, any portion thereof allocable to the
Depositor, as described in clause (ii) of the definition of "Pledged  Revenues")
and  (iii) Liquidation Proceeds  (including any derived  from the disposition of
the related Equipment) received with respect to defaulted Contracts  (excluding,
in the case of a Lease Contract, any portion thereof allocable to the Depositor,
as  described under "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts"), and (b)
all rights of the secured party in the Equipment related to the Loan  Contracts,
but  excluding the rights of  the lessor in the  Leased Equipment (which rights,
subject to the allocation of  Liquidation Proceeds received in respect  thereof,
have been retained by the Depositor);
    
 
   
    (2)  amounts on deposit  in (and Eligible  Investments allocated to) certain
accounts established pursuant to  the Indenture and  the Transfer and  Servicing
Agreement, including the Collection Account;
    
 
   
    (3) the Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement; and
    
 
   
    (4)  the Depositor's  rights (but not  its obligations) with  respect to the
Cash Collateral Account.
    
 
   
    The Owner Trust  will not  engage in any  business activity  other than  (i)
issuing  the Notes  and the Equity  Certificates, (ii) holding  and dealing with
(including disposing of) the  Trust Assets, (iii) making  payments on the  Notes
and  the  Equity Certificates,  (iv) entering  into  and performing  the duties,
responsibilities  and  functions  required  under  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreement,  the Indenture, the Contracts, and related documents, and (v) matters
related to the foregoing.
    
 
CAPITALIZATION OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
   
    The following table illustrates the capitalization of the Owner Trust as  of
the  Cut-Off Date, as if  the issuance and sale of  the Notes offered hereby had
taken place on such date:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Class A-1 Receivable-Backed Notes...............................  $
Class A-2 Receivable-Backed Notes...............................
Class A-3 Receivable-Backed Notes...............................
Class A-4 Receivable-Backed Notes...............................
Class B Receivable-Backed Notes.................................
Equity Certificates.............................................
                                                                  ---------
    Total.......................................................  $
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
THE OWNER TRUSTEE
 
   
    The Bank of New York  will be the Owner  Trustee under the Trust  Agreement.
The  Owner Trustee is a  New York banking corporation  and its principal offices
are located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Owner Trustee's
liability in connection with the issuance and  sale of the Notes and the  Equity
Certificates  is limited solely to the  express obligations of the Owner Trustee
set forth in the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.
    
 
    The Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor  will
be obligated to appoint a successor Owner Trustee. The Depositor may also remove
the Owner Trustee if the Owner Trustee
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
ceases  to be eligible to  continue as such under the  Trust Agreement or if the
Owner Trustee becomes insolvent. Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee
will not become  effective until acceptance  of the appointment  of a  successor
Owner Trustee.
    
 
                            AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
    AT&T  Capital Corporation  ("TCC") is a  full-service, diversified equipment
leasing and finance company that operates  principally in the United States  and
also has operations in Europe, Canada, the Asia/Pacific region, Mexico and South
America.  TCC is one of  the largest equipment leasing  and finance companies in
the United States, based on the aggregate value of equipment leased or financed,
and is the largest lessor of telecommunications equipment in the United States.
 
    TCC, through its various subsidiaries, leases and finances a wide variety of
equipment,  including  general  office,  manufacturing  and  medical  equipment,
telecommunications  equipment  (such  as  private  branch  exchanges,  telephone
systems and voice processing units),  information technology equipment (such  as
personal  computers, retail point of sale systems and automatic teller machines)
and transportation  equipment (primarily  vehicles). In  addition, TCC  provides
inventory  financing for equipment dealers,  franchise financing for franchisees
and financing  collateralized  by  real  estate.  TCC's  leasing  and  financing
services  are marketed to (i) customers of equipment manufacturers, distributors
and dealers with which TCC has  a marketing relationship for financing  services
and  (ii)  directly  to  end-users  of  equipment.  TCC's  approximately 500,000
customers include large  global companies,  small and  mid-sized businesses  and
federal, state and local governments and their agencies.
 
   
    During  its 11 year history, TCC  has achieved significant growth in assets,
finance volume (aggregate dollar amount of equipment and other items  financed),
revenues  and net  income. At  December 31, 1995,  TCC's total  assets were $9.5
billion, an increase of 18.9% over  the prior year-end; finance volume for  1995
was  $4.6 billion, an increase  of 7.4% over 1994;  total revenues for 1995 were
$1.6 billion, an increase of 13.9% over  1994; and net income of $127.6  million
for 1995 was 27.1% greater than the net income for 1994. Total assets at the end
of  the second quarter of 1996 were  $10.1 billion representing a 15.5% increase
over total assets at the  end of the second quarter  of 1995, and net income  of
$74.8  million for the first six months of 1996 represented an increase of 41.2%
over the net income for the corresponding period in 1995.
    
 
   
    TCC's predecessor was founded in 1985 by AT&T Corp. ("AT&T") principally  as
a captive finance company to assist its equipment marketing and sales efforts by
providing   AT&T's  customers  with  tailored  financing.  In  1993,  AT&T  sold
approximately 14% of  TCC's common stock  in an initial  public offering.  TCC's
common  stock traded  on the  New York  Stock Exchange  under the  symbol "TCC."
Although TCC's common stock has been delisted following the consummation of  the
Merger  (as described  below), TCC  will, from time  to time,  continue to issue
securities in the public market and, accordingly, will continue to be subject to
the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith,
will file reports and other information with the Commission.
    
 
   
    On September 20, 1995,  AT&T announced plans to  separate itself into  three
publicly  traded companies  (AT&T, Lucent  Technologies Inc.  ("Lucent") and NCR
Corporation ("NCR"))  and to  sell its  remaining equity  interest in  TCC in  a
public  or private sale. On October  1, 1996, Antigua Acquisition Corporation, a
newly formed Delaware corporation ("MergerCo."), merged with and into TCC,  with
TCC being the surviving company (the "Merger"), and the outstanding common stock
of TCC was converted into the right to receive $45 per share. As a result of the
Merger,  all of the outstanding equity capital of the surviving company is owned
by members of management of TCC and  by Hercules Limited, a newly formed  Cayman
Islands  corporation  ("HoldCo.").  All  of the  outstanding  equity  capital of
HoldCo. is currently owned by  a group of companies  led by GRS Holding  Company
Limited.
    
 
   
    TCC  has an experienced management team;  its senior executive officers have
been in management positions with the company  for a number of years and have  a
significant amount of experience in the
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
equipment  leasing  and  finance  industry.  At  June  30,  1996,  TCC  and  its
subsidiaries  had  approximately  2,850   members  (employees).  The   principal
executive offices of TCC are located at 44 Whippany Road, Morristown, New Jersey
07962.
 
    The  Contracts comprising the Trust Assets  have been originated or, in some
cases, purchased from third  parties by four wholly  owned subsidiaries of  TCC:
AT&T   Capital  Leasing   Services,  Inc.  ("Leasing   Services"),  AT&T  Credit
Corporation ("Credit Corp."), NCR Credit  Corp. ("NCR Credit") and the  Portland
division of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation (such division is referred to as
"CFC") (collectively, the "Originators").
 
                                THE ORIGINATORS
 
AT&T CAPITAL LEASING SERVICES, INC.
 
   
    Leasing  Services  provides  leasing  and  financing  programs  for  certain
targeted manufacturers  and distributors  as well  as leasing  and financing  to
existing   customers.  Leasing  Services  (formerly  known  as  Eaton  Financial
Corporation) was acquired by  a predecessor of Credit  Corp. in March 1989,  and
became  a wholly  owned subsidiary  of a predecessor  of TCC  in connection with
TCC's reorganization  in  March  1990.  It  thereafter  became  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of TCC in connection with TCC's restructuring in March 1993.
    
 
   
    Leasing Services is headquartered in Framingham, Massachusetts and employed,
as  of June 30, 1996, approximately 430 people in a network of four full service
offices throughout the  United States and  a support office  in Framingham.  Its
portfolio  of  contracts includes  leases and  loans on  a variety  of equipment
types, including office automation  and general-purpose business equipment  such
as  copiers  and  computers,  as well  as  industry-specific  equipment  such as
printing, machine tools  and medical/ dental  equipment. At June  30, 1996,  the
Leasing  Services  portfolio (which  includes  both contracts  owned  by Leasing
Services and  contracts serviced  on  behalf of  others)  was comprised  of  the
following  equipment types: computers 23%,  machine tool manufacturing equipment
23%,  copiers  18%,  medical/  dental  equipment  12%,  printing  equipment  7%,
automobile test/repair equipment 6% and other 11%.
    
 
   
    At  June 30, 1996, 87% of Leasing Services' portfolio of contracts consisted
of leases. Approximately 21% of such  leases include fair market value  purchase
options  exercisable by the applicable lessee  upon expiration of the applicable
lease. The  balance  of the  leases  contain  fixed price  or  nominal  purchase
options.  At  June 30,  1996, 13%  of Leasing  Services' portfolio  of contracts
consisted of loans,  which are prepayable,  in whole  or in part,  at any  time.
Generally  under Leasing Services' contracts, the obligor is responsible for all
maintenance, insurance and taxes.
    
 
   
    Leasing Services' total portfolio of contracts  has a customer base of  over
146,000  customers (as of June 30, 1996),  who are mainly small and medium-sized
companies. The portfolio is also broadly  diversified; as of June 30, 1996,  the
ten largest customers comprised only 0.5% of the aggregate portfolio. As of June
30,  1996,  the  average exposure  per  customer  for the  entire  portfolio was
approximately $13,000.  In  terms  of  geographical  distribution,  five  states
accounted  for  approximately 47%  of  outstanding receivables  (California 17%,
Florida 8%, New York 8%, Texas 7% and New Jersey 7%) as of June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
    Leasing Services' credit and collections operations are decentralized within
its network  of  four full-service  offices  located in  the  Atlanta,  Georgia;
Dallas, Texas; San Francisco, California; and Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan
areas.  As  of June  30, 1996,  Leasing Services  had approximately  260 members
responsible for credit and contract approval and collections activities.
    
 
AT&T CREDIT CORPORATION AND NCR CREDIT CORP.
 
    Credit Corp.  supports  the sales  of  AT&T,  Lucent and  NCR  equipment  by
providing leasing and financing options to customers who have selected equipment
manufactured  or  supplied  by  these vendors.  Credit  Corp.'s  predecessor was
established as a captive finance company of AT&T in 1985. The predecessor of NCR
Credit, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Credit Corp., was established as a
captive finance  company  of NCR  in  1980. In  1992,  when AT&T  acquired  NCR,
ownership  of NCR Credit was  transferred to TCC. At  that time Credit Corp. and
NCR Credit operated as separate business units of
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
TCC. In 1995, TCC  consolidated the operations of  NCR Credit and Credit  Corp.;
relocated  the  credit and  collections  operations supporting  NCR  Credit from
Dayton, Ohio, to  Credit Corp.'s  executive offices in  Parsippany, New  Jersey;
ceased  using NCR  Credit to  originate new  financings; and  began using Credit
Corp. to originate business in that market segment. As of June 30, 1996,  Credit
Corp. employed approximately 520 members.
    
 
   
    Substantially  all  of  Credit Corp.'s  transactions  are  generated through
Lucent and NCR,  which currently  are subsidiaries  of AT&T.  See "AT&T  Capital
Corporation." Lucent manufactures and distributes telecommunications and related
equipment,   and  NCR   manufactures  and   distributes  information  technology
(including retail point-of sale systems, automated teller machines ("ATMs")  and
computers).  At June  30, 1996,  the combined  portfolio of  contracts of Credit
Corp. and NCR Credit (the "Combined Portfolio") comprised both leases and  loans
on  the following  equipment types:  telecommunications equipment  76%, computer
equipment 5%, retail point-of-sale systems 5%, ATMs 4%, and other 10%.
    
 
   
    At June  30,  1996, 93%  of  the  Combined Portfolio  consisted  of  leases.
Approximately  91% of  such leases  include fair  market value  purchase options
exercisable by the applicable  lessee upon expiration  of the applicable  lease.
The  balance of the leases  contain fixed price or  nominal purchase options. At
June 30, 1996, 7% of the Combined Portfolio consisted of loans, the majority  of
which  are prepayable,  in whole or  in part,  at any time.  Generally under the
contracts included in the Combined Portfolio, the obligor is responsible for all
maintenance, insurance and taxes.
    
 
   
    Transactions generated from the sales  of Lucent equipment historically  are
small  ticket transactions (approximately 132,800 customers; average transaction
size of $13,258; comprising  52% of the Lucent  equipment portfolio) and  middle
market  transactions (approximately 1,800 customers; average transaction size of
$686,771; comprising  36%  of  the  Lucent equipment  portfolio).  In  terms  of
geographical  distribution, five states  accounted for approximately  48% of the
outstanding receivables  in  the Lucent  equipment  portfolio (New  Jersey  18%,
California  10%, New  York 9%, Illinois  6% and Texas  5%) as of  June 30, 1996.
Transactions generated from the  sales of NCR  equipment historically are  large
ticket  transactions (approximately  20 customers;  average transaction  size of
$14,389,623; comprising 51% of  the NCR equipment  portfolio) and middle  market
transactions (approximately 300 customers; average transaction size of $975,326;
comprising  41%  of  the  NCR equipment  portfolio).  In  terms  of geographical
distribution, five states  accounted for  approximately 50%  of the  outstanding
receivables  in the  NCR equipment portfolio  (New Jersey 16%,  Florida 12%, New
York 8%, Wisconsin 7%, and Ohio 7%) as of June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
    Credit Corp.'s credit and collection operations are handled on a centralized
basis through its executive  offices in Parsippany, New  Jersey. As of June  30,
1996,  Credit Corp. had approximately 200  members in New Jersey responsible for
credit and contract approvals, documentation and collections. Substantially  all
of  these members  work in  teams that are  focused on  distinct market segments
(e.g., by vendor (Lucent or NCR), by size of transaction (small ticket or middle
market) or by geographic region).  Other members provide company-wide  oversight
of  the credit, contract and collections processes associated with the portfolio
originated by Credit  Corp. and NCR  Credit. In  addition, as of  June 30,  1996
Credit  Corp. had  approximately 20 account  managers located  in Lucent offices
throughout  the  United   States  to  help   process  credit  applications   and
documentation packages.
    
 
AT&T COMMERCIAL FINANCE CORPORATION
 
   
    CFC   provides  financing   and  leasing  programs   for  manufacturers  and
distributors of material handling and construction equipment. CFC was formed  in
December 1989 in connection with the acquisition of substantially all the assets
of two divisions of Pacificorp Credit, Inc.
    
 
   
    CFC  is headquartered in Portland, Oregon and  employed as of June 30, 1996,
approximately 50 members, including 8 regionally deployed sales representatives.
CFC's credit and collection  operations are located in  Portland, Oregon. As  of
June  30,  1996, CFC  had approximately  30 members  responsible for  credit and
collections activity.
    
 
   
    At June 30, 1996, the CFC portfolio (which includes both contracts owned  by
CFC  and contracts  serviced on behalf  of others) related  entirely to material
handling equipment. At June 30, 1996, 78% of CFC's portfolio consisted of leases
and   22%   consisted    of   loans.   Approximately    50%   of   the    leases
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
include  fair market value purchase options exercisable by the applicable lessee
upon expiration of the applicable lease. The balance of the leases contain fixed
price or  nominal  options.  The  loans  included  within  CFC's  portfolio  are
prepayable,  in whole or in part, at  any time. Generally under CFC's contracts,
the obligor is responsible for all maintenance, insurance and taxes.
    
 
   
    CFC's end  user portfolio  has  a diverse  customer  base, with  over  5,000
customers (as of June 30, 1996) comprising businesses of varying sizes in a wide
variety  of industries. As of  June 30, 1996, the  average exposure per end user
customer was approximately $54,000. The ten largest end user customers comprised
21% of the aggregate end user portfolio. In terms of geographical  distribution,
five  states  accounted  for  approximately  32%  of  the  outstanding  end user
receivables (California 9%, Texas 6%, Georgia 6%, Ohio 6% and New York 5%) as of
June 30, 1996.
    
 
UNDERWRITING AND SERVICING
 
    CREDIT MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY
 
   
    TCC strives  to  manage  certain  risks in  connection  with  its  business,
including  credit risk and  residual value risk  associated with the acquisition
and holding of receivables such as the Contracts. The management of these  risks
is  critical to each strategic business unit within TCC (an "SBU"). As such, TCC
has in place policies, controls, systems  and procedures intended to manage  and
limit  such risks,  promote early problem  recognition and  corrective action as
well as facilitate consistent portfolio performance measurements. Such policies,
controls, systems and procedures  are subject to periodic  review by TCC's  Risk
Management  Department,  which  includes  legal,  credit  and  asset  management
personnel, by TCC's internal  auditors and TCC's  Audit Committee. In  addition,
TCC's  executive officers, acting as a  committee (the "CLT"), regularly monitor
TCC's overall risk profile.
    
 
    The control of credit losses is an important element of TCC's business.  TCC
seeks  to minimize its  credit risk through diversification  of its portfolio by
customer, industry segment, equipment type, geographic location and  transaction
maturity.  TCC's financing  activities have been  spread across a  wide range of
equipment types (E.G., general  equipment, telecommunications equipment,  office
equipment,  information technology and transportation equipment) and real estate
and a large number of end-users located  throughout the United States and, to  a
lesser extent, abroad.
 
   
    Each  SBU has a senior  credit officer and a  credit committee that together
are responsible for overseeing the  quality, integrity and performance of  their
respective  credit portfolios.  Before any transaction  can be  committed to, it
must first be credit approved by one of TCC's proprietary credit scoring  models
or  by  a duly  authorized  credit officer  in  accordance with  clearly defined
authorities, policies and procedures. Each SBU credit committee is charged  with
the  responsibility of establishing credit policies appropriate for its business
and periodically reviewing its credit  personnel's exercise of credit  authority
for  adherence to  the established  credit policies.  Credit authorities  are an
important tool that TCC  uses to manage and  control its portfolio risk.  Credit
authorities  are set in order to enable individual credit officers (and SBUs) to
handle approximately 80-85% of the  transactions flowing to them. This  approach
results  in approximately  15-20% of the  transactions being  reviewed by higher
credit authorities. This ensures oversight  of an individual's judgment,  credit
skills  and compliance with credit policy  by more senior credit officials. Each
SBU credit committee is empowered to establish credit authorities for  qualified
members  of  their credit  staff  for up  to  $250,000. Approval  of  new credit
authorities up to $1,000,000 requires the approval of TCC's Chief Credit Officer
or its Chief  Risk Management Officer  in addition  to the approval  of the  SBU
credit  committee. Approval  of new credit  authorities in  excess of $1,000,000
also require  the approval  of the  CLT or  TCC's Chief  Executive Officer.  The
existing  credit  authorities allow  the SBU  senior  credit officer  to approve
transactions up to $4.5 million in the case of Credit Corp., up to $2.0  million
in  the case of Leasing Services,  up to $2.0 million in  the case of NCR Credit
and up to $1.5 million in the case of CFC. In addition, approval by TCC's  Chief
Credit  Officer, Chief Risk Management Officer, Corporate Business Leader or CLT
is required for  transactions in excess  of the SBU's  credit authority and  for
certain  other matters. The credit authority granted to approve transactions may
not be delegated. Portfolio quality is monitored regularly to assess the overall
condition  of  the  portfolio  and  identify  the  major  exposures  within  the
portfolio.  TCC utilizes  the "one  obligor concept"  in computing  total credit
exposure; this means that the level  of credit authority required to approve  an
incremental  transaction  must be  sufficient  to approve  the  customer's total
credit exposure. TCC tracks credit exposure in an
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
automated fashion aggregating all SBUs' exposure to each customer including  its
subsidiaries,  affiliates  and commonly  controlled companies.  Unless otherwise
specifically approved, credit approvals are valid for up to 180 days.
 
    UNDERWRITING -- GENERAL
 
   
    TCC's  underwriting  standards  are  intended  to  evaluate  a   prospective
customer's  credit  standing and  repayment ability.  Credit decisions  are made
based upon the  credit characteristics  of the applicant,  loss experience  with
comparable  customers,  the  amount and  terms  and conditions  of  the proposed
transaction and the type of equipment to  be leased or financed. For almost  all
transactions  under  $50,000 originated  by Leasing  Services and  Credit Corp.,
credit scoring systems (where a computer makes the initial credit decision after
consideration of  many variables  from the  credit application  data and  credit
bureau information, based on a statistical model of TCC's prior loss experience)
are  utilized to make credit decisions. TCC's proprietary credit scoring systems
are designed to  improve credit  decisions on new  lease applications,  expedite
response   times  to  customers  and  increase  business  volume  and  portfolio
profitability while maintaining credit quality. With respect to credit decisions
for those  transactions which  are not  based on  credit scoring,  TCC's  credit
officers  conduct various credit investigations  including reference calling and
the procurement and analysis of data from credit reporting agencies such as  Dun
&  Bradstreet,  TRW  and other  credit  bureaus.  In the  case  of  larger sized
transactions (generally over  $100,000), TCC's credit  officers will obtain  and
analyze  financial statements from  the customer. Analysis  will be conducted to
determine the  reliability of  the  financial statements  and to  ascertain  the
financial  condition and operating performance  of the potential customer. Asset
quality is  carefully  reviewed  and  stated liabilities  are  compared  to  the
information  obtained from reference  checking and credit  reports. Cash flow is
checked for reliability and adequacy to service funded debt maturities and other
fixed charges. The financial  analysis would typically involve  a review of  the
potential  customer's leverage, profitability, liquidity and cash flow utilizing
a variety of financial ratios and  comparing the company to other companies  its
size  in similar businesses.  In this connection,  various reference sources are
utilized  such   as  Robert   Morris   Associates  Annual   Statement   Studies.
Additionally,  information  may  be obtained  from  rating  agencies, securities
firms, Bloomberg and numerous other sources. A written analysis is then prepared
by the credit officer summarizing the amount and terms of the credit request and
setting forth the credit officer's recommendation including detailed  supporting
rationale.  Alternative exit strategies,  including an analysis  of the value of
the equipment as well  as its essentiality  of use, are  also considered in  the
event  the customer  fails to  honor its payment  obligations, but  TCC does not
impose rigid  loan-to-value  ratios in  its  underwriting processes,  nor  is  a
maximum loan-to-value ratio imposed. The credit approval will also set forth any
conditions  of approval such as personal  or corporate guarantees, shorter lease
terms, more advance payments or other  credit enhancements, and it will  dictate
the  necessary documentation. Any  subsequent modification of  approval terms or
required documentation must  be re-approved  by one of  TCC's authorized  credit
officers.  TCC  also requires  the  credit personnel  of  each SBU  to  rate the
creditworthiness of each of such unit's customer accounts over $100,000 and,  in
connection  therewith, to take into account  certain other factors affecting the
credit risk  of  a particular  transaction,  such as  collateral  value,  credit
enhancement and duration of the credit.
    
 
    UNDERWRITING -- ADVANCED CREDIT SCORING SYSTEMS
 
   
    In   1992,  TCC  commissioned  the  Bell  Laboratories  Operations  Research
Department ("Bell  Labs")  to design  decision  support systems  and  associated
strategies  for credit risk management  throughout the customer's financing life
cycle. This life cycle approach, while commonplace in the consumer credit field,
is not common in commercial leasing. Three sets of decision support systems were
developed and implemented, covering each stage of the small ticket leasing  life
cycle;  front-end  credit  decisions,  credit  line  management,  and delinquent
account collections (see "-- Collections" below). Each system is comprised of  a
suite  of statistically  derived risk  prediction models,  a sequential decision
strategy which determines  the model to  be used  in each instance,  and a  risk
based  strategy  which  determines the  optimal  decision based  upon  the model
results.
    
 
   
    The current front-end credit  decisioning systems follow  a series of  steps
including  the selection and electronic  retrieval of credit bureau information,
the quantification of credit risk and the decision to accept, reject or manually
review the credit applicant. While both  Leasing Services and Credit Corp.  have
been  using credit application  scoring models based  on more traditional credit
scorecards since
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
1991  and  1989,   respectively,  Leasing  Services   implemented  an   improved
decisioning  system in March 1993, while Credit Corp. implemented such system in
May 1995.  Separate  credit  line  management models  have  been  developed  and
implemented  within Credit Corp. in May 1995 and are currently being implemented
within Leasing Services. The credit scoring systems are monitored using  various
reporting  mechanisms and have been upgraded  over time to incorporate the value
of more recent data  and to take advantage  of improved statistical  techniques.
Overrides  of  credit  scoring  decisions  by  authorized  credit  officers  are
permitted, but are discouraged unless additional information is uncovered  which
materially  strengthens the transaction or if sufficient credit enhancements can
be obtained to mitigate the risk.  Overrides are tracked by the operating  units
each  month,  and are  more  common at  Credit Corp.  than  they are  at Leasing
Services. Such  advanced credit  scoring systems  are not  used by  CFC and  NCR
Credit  because the  contracts originated by  each of them  have larger original
balances.
    
 
    DOCUMENTATION
 
    Prior  to   funding  leasing   and   financing  transactions,   a   complete
documentation   package  (including  generally   a  credit  application,  signed
lease/installment  sale  or   financing  agreement,   vendor  invoice,   initial
lease/advance  payment,  proof  of  insurance  (where  relevant),  delivery  and
acceptance  acknowledgements  and  appropriate  UCC  financing  statements)   is
required.  Filing of UCC  financing statements typically  is required by Leasing
Services unless the  underlying equipment has  a cost of  less than $10,000  (or
$30,000  in  the case  of a  lease contract  with a  fair market  value purchase
option); by Credit Corp. unless the underlying equipment has a cost of less than
$20,000 (or $50,000 in  the case of  a lease contract with  a fair market  value
purchase  option); by NCR Credit  unless the underlying equipment  has a cost of
less than $25,000; and by CFC in all transactions.
 
    BILLING
 
    Billing for the Originators is handled  by third parties, which prepare  and
mail  monthly invoices. All customers are  assigned a billing cycle and invoices
are sent either 19 days before the due date in the case of Credit Corp., 30 days
before the due date in the case of Leasing Services, 20 days before the due date
in the case of CFC, or  25 days before the due date  in the case of NCR  Credit.
From  time to  time to facilitate  customer needs, the  Originators will provide
manual  invoices.  Monthly  invoices  include  the  scheduled  payment,   taxes,
insurance  and late charges, if any. The  vast majority of contracts provide for
level payments  throughout  their  term.  Substantially  all  customers  forward
payments to lockboxes with certain financial institutions.
 
    PORTFOLIO MONITORING
 
   
    Delinquency  is  tracked and  calculated  monthly for  each  major portfolio
segment, including segmentation by classification of days past due. In addition,
non-accruals (see "--  Non-Accrual and Write-off  Policy") are tracked  monthly,
including the portion which is deemed to be at risk by the SBU credit officials.
Similarly,  credit losses are monitored each  month and are compared with credit
losses for previous  months and  the corresponding month  in a  number of  prior
years.  TCC also employs  other techniques in evaluating  the performance of its
portfolio. These  techniques include  roll rate  analysis (a  type of  portfolio
analysis  examining the rate at which  accounts in various stages of delinquency
become, or "roll"  into, losses), a  type of vintage  analysis (another type  of
portfolio analysis in which TCC's assets are classified by age and then compared
across  different  years  (e.g.,  comparing  loss  experience  for  two-year-old
portfolio in 1996 with that  in 1995)) as well as  other types of analysis.  For
transactions  over $1,000,000, TCC conducts annual reviews of customer financial
condition and risk  rating. Such  annual reviews are  conducted on  transactions
over   $500,000  in  the  event  of  certain  higher  risk  ratings.  All  other
transactions are monitored via the normal collection process, meaning that  they
would  receive individual attention  only if they became  delinquent or for some
other reason  came to  the attention  of the  company's credit  and  collections
personnel  -- for example, a material  adverse change in the financial condition
of the obligor in the transaction.
    
 
   
    In addition to  providing an  initial credit review,  ongoing credit  review
procedures  exist to  identify at  an early  stage those  customers that  may be
experiencing  financial  difficulty.  Once   identified,  these  customers   are
monitored  by credit personnel, who periodically make recommendations to the SBU
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
   
Credit Committee and/or  the CLT about  what remedial actions  should be  taken;
what  portion,  if any,  of total  credit  exposures should  be written  off; or
whether a specific allocation of TCC's loss reserves should be made.
    
 
    In establishing  allowances for  credit  losses, TCC's  management  reviews,
among  other things, the aging of TCC's portfolio, all non-performing leases and
receivables and prior collection experience,  as well as TCC's overall  exposure
and changes in credit risk.
 
    COLLECTIONS
 
   
    TCC  collects overdue  payments using  several different  methods. At Credit
Corp. and Leasing Services, computerized collection management systems have been
developed and  deployed.  Leasing Services  has  used outbound  call  management
systems  and behavioral scoring systems in prioritizing collection activities in
its collection  process since  March  1994. Credit  Corp. has  utilized  similar
technology  in  its  collection  activities since  1989  with  the  exception of
behavioral scoring,  which is  now being  implemented company-wide  following  a
testing  period  in  several of  Credit  Corp.'s  units for  most  of  1996. The
collection management  systems  prioritize delinquent  accounts  into  automated
queues  using delinquent account scoring systems (also referred to as behavioral
scoring). Telephone calls to delinquent accounts are automatically dialed by the
system eliminating  no  answer and  busy  line calls  (which  are  automatically
rescheduled).
    
 
   
    Accounts  are ranked using a suite  of statistically derived risk prediction
indicators (behavioral scoring) for handling in order of risk weighted exposure.
The  collection  management   systems  utilize   different  account   collection
strategies  as a function of  risk level and account  balance. Accounts with low
balances and/or low risk are assigned to a low impact collection strategy  which
involve  greater reliance  upon letters in  the early stages  of delinquency and
less reliance on telephone  calls until the later  stages of delinquency.  Also,
the  number of days between  actions are greater for a  low risk account than in
the case of a high risk account.  A high impact collection strategy is  assigned
to  accounts with high balances and/or high risk scores. In this case, telephone
calls are commenced sooner in the collection process and collection actions  are
more closely spaced.
    
 
    At  NCR Credit and CFC, account collections  are undertaken in a more manual
fashion with prioritization being principally driven by the number of days  past
due.  Accounts  are typically  assigned  to individuals  or  groups who  will be
responsible to  ensure  appropriate  collection  activities  are  undertaken  to
effectuate customer payment. The collection process is undertaken using computer
generated  reminder notices  which are generally  sent once an  account is 10-15
days past due, individually tailored  collection letters and telephone  contact,
as appropriate.
 
    Outside  collection agencies and attorneys are frequently used to supplement
collection activity. Typically an account  is placed with an outside  collection
agency  or attorney when it is 180 days or more past due. However, accounts past
due less  than 180  days may  be placed  with a  collection agency  or  attorney
depending   upon  the  circumstances  of   its  delinquency.  Equipment  may  be
repossessed at any time after the contracted default but repossession  typically
is not made until the account is past due between 70 and 180 days.
 
    NON-ACCRUAL AND WRITE-OFF POLICY
 
    TCC  maintains non-accrual and write-off policies  which are followed by all
SBUs. The policies  require that all  accounts which  are 90 days  past due  (or
sooner in the event of a bankruptcy or other appropriate evidence of impairment)
be  placed on non-accrual,  and be written  off or specifically  reserved at 180
days past due. Smaller transactions (generally $100,000 or less) will be written
off at  such  time. Larger  transactions  (generally more  than  $100,000)  will
utilize  specific reserves  to appropriately  reduce the  carrying value  of the
equipment to an amount which may be "covered" by collateral value.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                 THE CONTRACTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
   
    GENERAL
    
 
   
    The Contracts consist of Lease Contracts (96.1% by Preliminary Contract Pool
Principal  Balance)  and  Loan  Contracts  (3.9%  by  Preliminary  Contract Pool
Principal Balance). All of the  Contracts are commercial, rather than  consumer,
leases  or loans. The following description of the Contracts generally describes
the material  terms  of the  Contracts  to be  included  in the  Contract  Pool,
although  an immaterial number of Contracts may differ in one or more provisions
from the description below.
    
 
   
    The Lease  Contracts  include  both  true leases  and  leases  intended  for
security  as defined  in Section 1-201(37)  of the  UCC. Under a  true lease the
lessor bears the risk  of ownership, takes any  federal tax benefits  associated
with  the lease and  no title is conferred  upon the lessee.  The lessee under a
true lease has the right  to the temporary use of  equipment for a term  shorter
than  the economic life of such equipment  in exchange for payments at scheduled
intervals during the lease term and the lessor retains a significant  "residual"
economic  interest in the leased equipment. End of lease options for true leases
include purchase or  renewal at  fair market  value. Under  leases intended  for
security,  the lessor in effect finances the  "purchase" of the leased assets by
the lessee and  retains a  security interest in  the leased  assets. The  lessee
retains  the leased  property for  substantially all  its economic  life and the
lessor retains no  significant residual  interest. These  leases are  considered
conditional  sales type leases  for federal tax  purposes, and, accordingly, the
lessor does not take  any federal tax  benefits. End of  lease options for  such
leases  depend on  the terms of  the related Lease  Contract, although generally
these terms provide  for purchase  of the Equipment  at a  prestated price.  The
inclusion  of true leases in the Contract Pool will have no income tax impact on
Noteholders since the  Notes are treated  as debt for  income tax purposes.  See
"United States Taxation." However, true leases are treated differently under the
Bankruptcy Code from leases intended for security. See "Risk Factors--Bankruptcy
and  Insolvency Risks" and  "Certain Legal Aspects  of the Contracts--Insolvency
Matters" for a discussion of these differences.
    
 
   
    THE FORMS OF CONTRACTS
    
 
    The Lease Contracts are generally  in one of two  forms: (a) a master  lease
agreement  containing  all of  the  general terms  and  conditions of  the lease
transaction or transactions, with schedules setting forth the specific terms  of
each lease transaction with that particular Obligor (a "Master Form Lease"), and
(b) specific lease agreement forms containing all of the terms and conditions of
the lease transaction (a "Specific Lease Form"). Credit Corp. generally uses the
Master Form Lease for lease transactions in excess of $100,000 and in connection
with  smaller transactions in which the Obligor has previously executed a Master
Form Lease; NCR Credit uses the Master  Form Lease for substantially all of  its
transactions;  CFC uses both a Specific Lease  Form and a Master Form Lease; and
Leasing Services generally  uses a Specific  Lease Form but  uses a Master  Form
Lease  for certain vendor customers. In certain cases, the Lease Contract may be
written on  another form  which was  created by  one of  the Originators,  by  a
customer  or by a  third-party originator. The Loan  Contracts are documented on
installment sale  contract,  promissory  note,  chattel  mortgage  or  loan  and
security agreement forms.
 
    PAYMENTS GENERALLY
 
   
    Generally,  the Contracts require that the Obligor make periodic payments on
a monthly  basis,  while  a number  of  Contracts  (which, in  relation  to  the
Preliminary  Contract  Pool  Principal  Balance, is  not  material)  provide for
quarterly, semi-annual  or  annual  payments.  The payments  under  all  of  the
Contracts  are required to  be made in  United States dollars  and are fixed and
specified payments, rather  than payments  which are tied  to a  formula or  are
otherwise  at  a  floating rate.  Payments  under the  Contracts  are ordinarily
payable in  advance,  although  a  small percentage  (including  most  of  those
originated by NCR Credit) provide for payments in arrears.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    EXPENSES RELATING TO EQUIPMENT
 
   
    The  Contracts require the Obligors to assume the responsibility for payment
of all  expenses of  the related  Equipment including  (without limitation)  any
expenses in connection with the maintenance and repair of the related Equipment,
the payment of any and all premiums for casualty and liability insurance and the
payment of all taxes relating to the Equipment.
    
 
    INSURANCE; REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
 
   
    The  Lease  Contracts (except  for  a small  number  of Contracts  which, in
relation to the Preliminary  Contract Pool Principal  Balance, is not  material)
require  the Obligors to maintain liability insurance which must name the lessor
as additional insured. Lease  Contracts and Loan  Contracts require Obligors  to
procure  property insurance against the loss, theft or destruction of, or damage
to, the Equipment for its full replacement value, naming the lessor (or  lender)
as  loss payee. This requirement is, from time to time, waived by the Originator
for a small number of transactions and, for some Lease Contracts, the Obligor is
permitted to  self-insure the  Equipment under  the Obligor's  already  existing
self-insurance program.
    
 
   
    For  Lease Contracts originated by Credit Corp. or Leasing Services relating
to equipment with a cost of $100,000 or less, the Obligor is generally  provided
with written information concerning its property insurance obligations under the
Lease Contract and the Originator's own property insurance coverage that will be
provided  at the  expense of  the Obligor  if the  Obligor does  not provide the
Originator with satisfactory evidence of its own insurance coverage. The Obligor
is given  a specified  time period  in which  to provide  such evidence.  Proper
evidence  of coverage  is verified  independently and  tracked by  a third party
tracking company and licensed broker.  If the Originator provides the  insurance
coverage,  the Obligor is  charged a monthly fee  covering the insurance charges
and other related administrative charges. If, at any time, the Obligor  provides
evidence  of its own coverage,  such monthly charges cease.  The Obligor has the
ability to "opt out" of the program by providing evidence of its own coverage.
    
 
    For transactions  involving Equipment  with a  cost of  more than  $100,000,
insurance   coverage  generally  is  verified  and  tracked  by  the  respective
Originator and the failure  to maintain such insurance  constitutes an event  of
default  under the applicable Lease Contract.  Generally, either pursuant to the
Specific Lease  Form  or the  Master  Form Lease,  the  Obligor also  agrees  to
indemnify  the Originator for  all liability and expenses  arising from the use,
condition or ownership of the Equipment.
 
    Under each Lease  Contract, if the  Equipment is damaged  or destroyed,  the
Obligor  is  required to  (i)  repair such  Equipment,  (ii) make  a termination
payment to the lessor in an amount not less than the Required Payoff Amount,  or
(iii)  in some  cases, replace  such damaged  or destroyed  Equipment with other
equipment of  comparable  use  and  value.  Under  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreement,  the Servicer  is permitted  (in the case  of the  destruction of the
Equipment related to a particular Lease Contract) either to allow the Lessee  to
replace  such  Equipment (provided  that the  replacement  equipment is,  in the
judgment of the Servicer, of comparable use and at least equivalent value to the
value of the Equipment which was destroyed) or to accept the termination payment
referred to above.
 
    ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The Contracts permit the assignment of the Contract by the lessor or secured
party without the consent of the Obligor, except for a small number of Contracts
which require notification of the assignment to, or the consent of, the  Obligor
(and  TCC will represent and warrant in the Purchase Agreement that such notices
have been given, or such  approvals will have been  received, not more than  ten
days  following the  Closing Date). The  Contracts do not  permit the assignment
thereof (or the  Equipment related  thereto) by  the Obligor  without the  prior
consent  of the  lessor or  secured party,  other than  Contracts which  (i) may
permit assignments  to  a  parent,  subsidiary or  affiliate,  (ii)  permit  the
assignment  to  a third  party, provided  the Obligor  remains liable  under the
Contract, or (iii)  permit assignment to  a third party  with a credit  standing
(determined  by TCC in  accordance with its underwriting  policy and practice at
the time for an equivalent  contract type, term and  amount) equal to or  better
than  the  original Obligor.  Under the  Transfer  and Servicing  Agreement, the
Servicer may permit an assignment of a particular Contract from an Obligor to  a
third   party  only  if   the  Servicer  (utilizing   the  current  underwriting
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
criteria for its contract origination activities generally) determines that such
third party is of sufficient credit quality that the Servicer would permit  such
third  party  to become  an obligor  with respect  to a  lease or  loan contract
originated by the Servicer generally.
 
    HELL-OR-HIGH-WATER LEASE CONTRACTS
 
   
    The Lease  Contracts are  "hell-or-high-water" contracts  which require  all
payments thereunder to be made regardless of the condition or suitability of the
related  Equipment and notwithstanding any defense, set-off or counterclaim that
the Obligor may have against the lessor.
    
 
    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
   
    Events of default under the Contracts  generally include the failure to  pay
all  amounts required by  the Contract when  due, the failure  of the Obligor to
perform its agreements  and covenants  under the  applicable Contract,  material
misrepresentations  made by  the Obligor,  the bankruptcy  or insolvency  of the
Obligor or the appointment  of a receiver  for the Obligor  and, in some  cases,
default  by  the Obligor  under  other contracts  or  agreements. Some  of these
default provisions are, in some instances, subject to notice provisions and cure
periods. Remedies available to the lessor  or secured party upon the  occurrence
of  an event of default by the Obligor  include the right to cancel or terminate
in the case of a Lease Contract, or to accelerate payments in the case of a Loan
Contract, to recover  possession of  the related  Equipment, and  to receive  an
amount  intended to make the lessor or secured  party (as the case may be) whole
plus costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the lessor or secured
party as a result  of such default. Notwithstanding  such events of default  and
remedies,  under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is permitted
to take such actions, with respect  to delinquent and defaulted Contracts, as  a
reasonably   prudent  creditor   would  do  under   similar  circumstances.  See
"Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  --  Servicing."  The
Originators  may occasionally provide payment  extensions (generally of 3 months
or less,  although  longer extensions  are  occasionally granted)  to  customers
experiencing  delays in  payment due  to cash  flow shortages  or other reasons.
However, it  is not  intended that  extensions be  used to  provide a  temporary
solution  for a delinquent  account. Rather, extensions are  intended to be used
when, in  the judgment  of the  relevant credit  authority, it  will permit  the
permanent resolution of the delinquency.
    
 
    PREPAYMENTS AND EARLY TERMINATION
 
   
    None  of the Lease  Contracts permit the prepayment  or early termination of
the Lease Contract  (except for  a DE MINIMIS  number of  Lease Contracts  which
allow  for a prepayment or early termination  upon payment of an amount which is
not less  than  the  Required  Payoff Amount).  Nevertheless,  the  Servicer  is
permitted  under the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  to accept prepayments of
any of the Lease Contracts, but only if  the amount paid by or on behalf of  the
Obligor (or, in the case of a partial prepayment, the sum of such amount and the
remaining  Contract Principal Balance of the Lease Contract after application of
such amount) is  at least equal  to the  Required Payoff Amount  for such  Lease
Contract. All or substantially all of the Loan Contracts permit the Obligors, at
their  option, to prepay such Loans  at any time, in full  or in part, and if in
full in an amount equal to  the then outstanding principal balance plus  accrued
interest to the date of such prepayment plus any applicable unpaid charges.
    
 
    DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES
 
   
    The   Lease  Contracts  contain  provisions   whereby  the  lessor  (or  the
Originator, as assignee of the lessor) disclaims all warranties with respect  to
the   Equipment  and,  in  the  majority   of  cases,  the  lessor  assigns  the
manufacturer's warranties to the  Obligor for the term  of the Lease. Under  the
Lease  Contracts, the Obligor "accepts" the Equipment under the applicable Lease
Contract following delivery and an opportunity to inspect the related Equipment.
    
 
    ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
 
   
    Some of  the Lease  Contracts constitute  leases of  "additional  equipment"
(generally  costing $25,000  or less)  with existing  Obligors. Pursuant  to the
terms of the original Lease Contract  between the lessor and the Obligor,  these
leases  for "additional equipment" are documented  on a written form prepared by
the lessor and  delivered to (but  not executed by)  the Obligor, which  written
form describes
    
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
all  of the  terms of  the lease.  Under the  terms of  the Lease  Contract, the
Obligor agrees that unless  it objects in writing  within a specified period  of
time, it is deemed to have accepted the lease of such "additional equipment."
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY TCC
 
   
    Under  the Purchase Agreement,  TCC will make  the following representations
and warranties regarding  each Contract (and  the related Equipment)  as of  the
Cut-Off Date:
    
 
    (A)Each  Contract (i) constitutes  a valid, binding  and enforceable payment
       obligation of the Obligor in accordance with its terms (except as may  be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the
enforceability  of creditors' rights generally and the availability of equitable
remedies), (ii) has been  duly and properly sold,  assigned and conveyed by  the
applicable Originator under the Purchase Agreement to the Depositor and has been
duly  and properly transferred and conveyed by  the Depositor to the Owner Trust
pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, (iii) was originated by one of
the Originators in the ordinary course of such Originator's business, or (in the
case of any Contract purchased by one  of the Originators) was acquired by  such
Originator  for proper consideration and was validly assigned to such Originator
by the seller  of such  Contract, and  (iv) contains  customary and  enforceable
provisions adequate to enable realization against the Obligor and/or the related
Equipment  (although no representation  or warranty is made  with respect to the
perfection or priority of any security interest in such related Equipment);
 
    (B)No  selection   procedures  adverse   to   the  Noteholders   or   Equity
       Certificateholders  were utilized  in selecting the  Contracts from those
lease and loan contracts owned by the Originators on the Cut-Off Date;
 
    (C)All requirements  of  applicable  Federal,  state  and  local  laws,  and
       regulations  thereunder, in  respect of all  of the  Contracts, have been
complied with in all material respects;
 
   
    (D)There  is  no  known  default,  breach,  violation  or  event  permitting
       cancellation or termination of the Contract by the lessor (in the case of
Lease  Contracts) or by the secured party  (in the case of Loan Contracts) under
the terms of any Contract (other than Scheduled Payment delinquencies (in excess
of 10% of the Scheduled Payment due) of not more than 59 days), and (except  for
payment  extensions and waivers of Administrative  Fees in accordance with TCC's
servicing and collection policies  and procedures) there has  been no waiver  of
any  of the foregoing; and as of the Cut-Off Date, no related Equipment had been
repossessed;
    
 
   
    (E)Immediately prior to the sale, assignment and conveyance of each Contract
       by an Originator to the Depositor, such Originator had good title to such
Contract and the Originator's interest in the related Equipment (subject to  the
terms  of such Contract) and  was the sole owner thereof,  free of any Lien; and
immediately prior to the transfer and  conveyance of the Contracts to the  Owner
Trust,  the Depositor had good title to  such Contracts and such interest in the
related Equipment and was the sole owner  thereof, free of any Lien (other  than
the rights of the Obligor under the related Contract);
    
 
    (F)No  person has  a participation  in or  other right  to receive Scheduled
       Payments under any  Contract, and neither  the Depositor nor  any of  the
Originators  nor TCC has taken any action to convey any right to any person that
would result in such person having  a right to Scheduled Payments received  with
respect to any Contract;
 
   
    (G)Each  Contract was originated or purchased  by an Originator and was sold
       and assigned by  such Originator to  the Depositor without  any fraud  or
misrepresentation on the part of such Originator or TCC;
    
 
    (H)Each Obligor (i) is located in the United States, and (ii) is not (a) the
       United  States of America or any State or local government or any agency,
department, subdivision  or instrumentality  thereof or  (b) the  Depositor,  an
Originator, TCC or any subsidiary thereof;
 
   
    (I)The  sale, transfer and assignment of  such Contract and the Originators'
       interest in the  related Equipment  to the Depositor  under the  Purchase
Agreement, and the transfer and conveyance of such
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
   
Contract from, and the grant of a security interest in the related Equipment by,
the Depositor to the Owner Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, are
not  unlawful, void or voidable under the laws of the jurisdiction applicable to
such Contract;
    
 
   
    (J)All filings and other actions required to be made, taken or performed  by
       any  person in any jurisdiction to give  the Owner Trust a first priority
perfected lien  or ownership  interest in  the Contracts  and a  first  priority
perfected  security interest in the Originator's  interest in the Equipment have
been made, taken or performed;
    
 
    (K)There exists  a  Contract File  pertaining  to each  Contract,  and  such
       Contract File contains the Contract or a facsimile copy thereof;
 
    (L)There  is only one original  executed copy of each  Contract or, if there
       are multiple originals, all such originals  are in the possession of  the
Originator  or the signed original in the  possession of the Originator is noted
thereon as being the only copy that constitutes chattel paper;
 
   
    (M)The Contracts constitute chattel paper within  the meaning of the UCC  as
       in  effect in the  States of New Jersey,  Massachusetts and Oregon (other
than those Contracts in which the lessor is financing exclusively the  Obligor's
software  license or maintenance contract for leased Equipment, which Contracts,
in proportion to the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, are not material);
    
 
    (N)Each Contract was entered  into by an Obligor  who, at the Cut-Off  Date,
       had not been identified on the records of TCC or the Originators as being
the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding;
 
   
    (O)The  computer tape containing  information with respect  to the Contracts
       that was made  available by the  Depositor to the  Owner Trustee and  the
Indenture  Trustee on the Closing Date and  was used to select the Contracts was
complete and  accurate in  all material  respects  as of  the Cut-Off  Date  and
includes  a description of the same Contracts that are described in the Schedule
of Contracts to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
    
 
   
    (P)By the Closing Date, the portions of the electronic master record of  TCC
       and  each Originator relating to the Contracts will have been clearly and
unambiguously marked to  show that the  Contracts constitute part  of the  Trust
Assets  and are  owned by the  Owner Trust in  accordance with the  terms of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
    
 
    (Q)No Contract has a Scheduled Payment delinquency (in excess of 10% of  the
       Scheduled  Payment due) of more  than 59 days past  due as of the Cut-Off
Date (although some Contracts may  have experienced such delinquencies prior  to
the Cut-Off Date);
 
   
    (R)Each  Contract may be sold, assigned and transferred by the Originator to
       the Depositor, and may  be assigned and transferred  by the Depositor  to
the  Owner  Trust,  without the  consent  of,  or prior  approval  from,  or any
notification to,  the  applicable  Obligor, other  than  (i)  certain  Contracts
(which,  in  proportion  to the  aggregate  of  all of  the  Contracts,  are not
material) that  require notification  of the  assignment to  the Obligor,  which
notification  will be given by the Servicer not later than 10 days following the
Closing Date, and (ii) Contracts (which,  in proportion to the aggregate of  all
of  the Contracts, are  not material) that  require the consent  of the Obligor,
which consent will be obtained by the Servicer not later than 10 days  following
the Closing Date;
    
 
    (S)Each Contract prohibits the sale, assignment or transfer of the Obligor's
       interest  therein, the assumption of the  Contract by another person in a
manner that would release the Obligor thereof from the Obligor's obligation,  or
any  sale, assignment  or transfer of  the related Equipment,  without the prior
consent of the lessor (in the case of Lease Contracts) or the secured party  (in
the  case  of  Loan  Contracts),  other  than  Contracts  which  may  (i) permit
assignment to a subsidiary, corporate parent or other affiliate, (ii) permit the
assignment to  a third  party, provided  the Obligor  remains liable  under  the
Contract,  or (iii) permit  assignment to a  third party with  a credit standing
(determined by TCC in  accordance with its underwriting  policy and practice  at
the  time for an equivalent  contract type, term and  amount) equal to or better
than the original Obligor;
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    (T)The Obligor under each Contract  is required to make payments  thereunder
       (i)  in United States dollars, and (ii) in fixed amounts and on fixed and
predetermined dates;
 
   
    (U)Each Contract requires the Obligor  to assume responsibility for  payment
       of  all expenses  in connection  with the  maintenance and  repair of the
related Equipment, the payment of all  premiums for insurance of such  Equipment
and  the payment of all  taxes (including sales and  property taxes) relating to
such Equipment;
    
 
   
    (V)Each Contract  requires  the Obligor  thereunder  to make  all  Scheduled
       Payments  thereon under all circumstances and regardless of the condition
or suitability of the related Equipment and notwithstanding any defense, set-off
or counterclaim that the  Obligor may have against  the manufacturer, lessor  or
lender (as the case may be);
    
 
   
    (W)Under  each Lease Contract, if the Equipment is damaged or destroyed, the
       Obligor is required either (i) to  repair such Equipment, (ii) to make  a
termination payment to the lessor in an amount not less than the Required Payoff
Amount,  or (iii) in some cases, to  replace such damaged or destroyed Equipment
with other equipment of comparable use and value;
    
 
   
    (X)None of the  Lease Contracts permit  the Obligor to  terminate the  Lease
       Contract  prior to the latest Stated Maturity Date or to otherwise prepay
the amounts due and payable thereunder, except for a DE MINIMIS number of  Lease
Contracts  which allow for an early termination or prepayment upon payment of an
amount which is not less than the Required Payoff Amount;
    
 
   
    (Y)Any  Loan  Contract  that  permits  the  prepayment  of  the  amount  due
       thereunder, at the option of the Obligor, requires that the prepayment in
full  must be in an  amount not less than  the principal amount then outstanding
plus accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment;
    
 
   
    (Z)It is  not a  precondition to  the valid  transfer or  assignment of  the
       Originator's  interest in  any of the  Equipment related  to any Contract
that title to such Equipment be  transferred on the records of any  governmental
or quasi-governmental agency, body or authority;
    
 
   
    (AA)The  information with respect to the Contracts listed on the Schedule of
       Contracts attached  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  is  true,  correct  and
complete in all material respects;
    
 
   
    (BB)No  provisions of any Contract have  been waived, altered or modified in
       any material respect, except as indicated in the Contract File;
    
 
   
    (CC)No Lease Contract is a "consumer lease" as defined in Article 2A of  the
       Uniform Commerical Code; and
    
 
   
    (DD)To  the best of  TCC's knowledge, each Obligor  has accepted the related
       Equipment and has  had reasonable  opportunity to inspect  and test  such
Equipment.
    
 
   
    The  above-described representations and warranties  of TCC will survive the
transfer and assignment of the related  Contracts and other Trust Assets to  the
Owner Trust.
    
 
   
    In the event of a breach of any such representation or warranty with respect
to  a Contract that materially and adversely  affects the value of such Contract
(any such breach being a "Repurchase Event"), TCC, unless it cures the breach by
the end of  the second  Collection Period  after the date  on which  TCC or  the
Depositor becomes aware of or receives written notice from the Indenture Trustee
or  the Servicer of such breach, will be obligated to purchase the Contract and,
in the case of a Lease Contract, the related Leased Equipment. Any such purchase
shall be made on the Deposit Date  immediately following the end of such  second
Collection  Period at a price equal to  the Required Payoff Amount applicable to
such Contract (which will be allocated to the Owner Trust) plus, if  applicable,
the  Book Value of the related Leased  Equipment (which will be allocated to the
Depositor). This purchase obligation may be enforced by the Indenture Trustee on
behalf of  the  holders of  the  Notes and  the  Equity Certificates,  and  will
constitute  the  sole  remedy  available  to  the  Noteholders  and  the  Equity
Certificateholders against TCC for any such uncured breach, except that pursuant
to the Transfer and Servicing
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
   
Agreement, TCC  will indemnify  the Indenture  Trustee, the  Owner Trustee,  the
Owner  Trust, the Noteholders and  the Equity Certificateholders against losses,
damages, liabilities and claims which may be  asserted against any of them as  a
result  of  third-party claims  arising out  of  the facts  giving rise  to such
breach.
    
 
   
    Upon the  purchase by  TCC  of a  Contract  (and, in  the  case of  a  Lease
Contract,  any  related  Leased  Equipment), such  Contract  and  related Leased
Equipment will be released to TCC.
    
 
   
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO THE PRELIMINARY CONTRACT POOL
    
 
    GENERAL
 
   
    The Depositor  has  prepared certain  statistics  relating to  the  pool  of
Contracts  which,  subject to  the exception  noted  below, will  constitute the
Cut-Off Date Contract Pool. These statistics  are based on such Contracts as  of
September  1,  1996  (the  "Preliminary Cut-Off  Date"),  and  the  Cut-Off Date
Contract Pool will consist of such Contracts, less that portion of the  Contract
Principal  Balances which are paid, prepaid  or charged off from the Preliminary
Cut-Off Date to  October 1, 1996  (the "Cut-Off Date),  plus certain  additional
Contracts  originated  or acquired  by the  Originators between  the Preliminary
Cut-Off Date and the Cut-Off Date.
    
 
   
    The Preliminary  Contract  Pool Principal  Balance  is an  amount  equal  to
$3,182,091,856  (which amount is based upon  the Contract Pool Principal Balance
determined as of the  Preliminary Cut-Off Date,  but discounting the  applicable
Scheduled  Payments with respect  to Lease Contracts to  September 15, 1996, and
including an amount in respect of Scheduled Payments on the Contracts due  prior
to,  but not received as of, the  Preliminary Cut-Off Date). The total number of
Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool is 281,895. The average Contract Pool
Principal Balance of  the Contracts,  as of  the Preliminary  Cut-Off Date,  was
approximately  $11,288.  Within  the  Preliminary Contract  Pool,  90.6%  of the
Contracts (by Preliminary  Contract Pool Principal  Balance) were originated  by
the  Originators (or by other affiliates of  TCC) and 9.4% of such Contracts (by
Preliminary Contract Pool Principal Balance)  were purchased by the  Originators
(or by other affiliates of TCC) from unrelated third parties.
    
 
   
                  COMPOSITION OF THE PRELIMINARY CONTRACT POOL
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             WEIGHTED                      WEIGHTED                    AVERAGE
                                             AVERAGE                        AVERAGE                    CONTRACT
                 PRELIMINARY                 ORIGINAL                      REMAINING                  PRINCIPAL
   NUMBER       CONTRACT POOL                  TERM                          TERM                      BALANCE
OF CONTRACTS  PRINCIPAL BALANCE              (RANGE)                        (RANGE)                    (RANGE)
- ------------  ------------------  ------------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------
<S>           <C>                 <C>                             <C>                          <C>
  281,895       $3,182,091,856              56 months                     38.5 months                  $11,288
                                     (6 months to 165 months)       (1 month to 96 months)       ($23 to $12,858,955)
</TABLE>
    
 
    TYPE OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The  following table shows the distribution of the Preliminary Contract Pool
between Lease Contracts and Loan Contracts by indicating the number of Contracts
in each category, the  aggregate Contract Principal  Balance of such  Contracts,
and  the percentage (by number of  Contracts and by aggregate Contract Principal
Balance) of such Contracts relative to  all of the Contracts in the  Preliminary
Contract Pool:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                % OF TOTAL                       % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                   NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF    AGGREGATE CONTRACT    CONTRACT POOL
TYPE OF CONTRACT                                   CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------------------------------------------  -----------  ------------  ------------------  -----------------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>           <C>                 <C>
Lease Contracts.................................     267,940        95.05%   $    3,058,285,635         96.11%
Loan Contracts..................................      13,955         4.95           123,806,221          3.89
                                                  -----------  ------------  ------------------       -------
      Total.....................................     281,895       100.00%   $    3,182,091,856        100.00%
                                                  -----------  ------------  ------------------       -------
                                                  -----------  ------------  ------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    GEOGRAPHICAL DIVERSITY
 
   
    The  following  table shows  the geographical  diversity of  the Preliminary
Contract Pool, by  indicating the  number of Contracts,  the aggregate  Contract
Principal  Balance of such Contracts and  the percentage (by number of Contracts
and by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to  all
of  the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract  Pool by reference to the State in
which the Obligors on such Contracts are located:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          % OF TOTAL NUMBER   AGGREGATE CONTRACT   % OF PRELIMINARY CONTRACT POOL
     STATE         NUMBER OF CONTRACTS      OF CONTRACTS       PRINCIPAL BALANCE          PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------  ---------------------  -------------------  -------------------  -------------------------------
<S>               <C>                    <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Alabama.........            3,009                 1.07%         $    36,282,593                   1.14%
Alaska..........              307                 0.11                2,416,132                   0.08
Arizona.........            4,698                 1.67               53,447,750                   1.68
Arkansas........            1,291                 0.46               13,060,355                   0.41
California......           37,310                13.24              417,515,068                  13.12
Colorado........            5,746                 2.04               51,394,304                   1.62
Connecticut.....            4,255                 1.51               50,701,830                   1.59
Delaware........              796                 0.28                6,500,480                   0.20
District of
Columbia........            1,647                 0.58               16,868,072                   0.53
Florida.........           19,635                 6.97              214,646,134                   6.75
Georgia.........            8,769                 3.11              101,647,461                   3.19
Hawaii..........              425                 0.15                4,412,970                   0.14
Idaho...........              928                 0.33                8,558,522                   0.27
Illinois........           13,383                 4.75              131,300,312                   4.13
Indiana.........            3,970                 1.41               39,391,796                   1.24
Iowa............            1,694                 0.60               22,310,355                   0.70
Kansas..........            1,458                 0.52               18,500,157                   0.58
Kentucky........            2,145                 0.76               21,048,099                   0.66
Louisiana.......               90                 0.03                  731,325                   0.02
Maine...........               47                 0.02                  585,795                   0.02
Maryland........            5,165                 1.83               55,725,507                   1.75
Massachusetts...           12,462                 4.42              135,804,328                   4.27
Michigan........           10,175                 3.61              102,323,679                   3.22
Minnesota.......            3,875                 1.37               45,438,461                   1.43
Mississippi.....            1,547                 0.55               13,989,798                   0.44
Missouri........            3,579                 1.27               45,722,085                   1.44
Montana.........              548                 0.19                4,407,030                   0.14
Nebraska........              763                 0.27                7,912,108                   0.25
Nevada..........            1,546                 0.55               16,272,286                   0.51
New Hampshire...            1,918                 0.68               20,233,809                   0.64
New Jersey......           19,983                 7.09              337,826,712                  10.62
New Mexico......            1,391                 0.49               11,402,224                   0.36
New York........           25,583                 9.08              309,217,371                   9.72
North
Carolina........            6,930                 2.46               70,709,859                   2.22
North Dakota....              221                 0.08                1,612,075                   0.05
Ohio............            9,577                 3.40               99,877,059                   3.14
Oklahoma........            1,889                 0.67               24,876,958                   0.78
Oregon..........            3,276                 1.16               31,072,841                   0.98
Pennsylvania....           12,324                 4.37              115,539,711                   3.63
Puerto Rico.....                1                    *                    1,053                      *
Rhode Island....            1,429                 0.51               15,546,958                   0.49
South
Carolina........            3,027                 1.07               34,826,640                   1.09
South Dakota....              337                 0.12               10,038,948                   0.32
Tennessee.......            4,705                 1.67               50,367,688                   1.58
Texas...........           17,722                 6.29              184,806,573                   5.81
Utah............            2,020                 0.72               28,183,530                   0.89
Vermont.........              704                 0.25                6,290,270                   0.20
Virginia........            6,531                 2.32               60,048,213                   1.89
Washington......            6,261                 2.22               59,345,803                   1.86
West Virginia...            1,151                 0.41                9,465,597                   0.30
Wisconsin.......            3,273                 1.16               59,438,320                   1.87
Wyoming.........              379                 0.13                2,448,852                   0.08
                         --------              -------        -------------------              -------
Total...........          281,895               100.00%         $ 3,182,091,856                 100.00%
                         --------              -------        -------------------              -------
                         --------              -------        -------------------              -------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
   
* Indicates an amount greater than zero but less than 0.005% of the total number
  of Contracts or the Preliminary Contract Pool Principal Balance, as
  applicable.
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
    Adverse economic conditions in States where a substantial number of Obligors
are located,  such as  California  and New  Jersey,  may adversely  affect  such
Obligors' ability to make payments on the related Contracts, and the Noteholders
could suffer a loss on their investment as a result.
    
 
    PAYMENT STATUS
 
   
    The  following table  shows the payment  status of  the Preliminary Contract
Pool, by indicating the  number of Contracts,  the aggregate Contract  Principal
Balance  of such  Contracts and  the percentage (by  number of  Contracts and by
aggregate Contract Principal Balance) of such  Contracts relative to all of  the
Contracts  in  the  Preliminary  Contract  Pool  by  reference  to  whether such
Contracts were current  as of the  Preliminary Cut-Off Date  or were 30-59  days
delinquent:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                           % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT    CONTRACT POOL
PAYMENT STATUS                  NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS   PRINCIPAL BALANCE   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  ------------------  -----------------
<S>                            <C>                    <C>                    <C>                 <C>
Current......................           272,692                96.74%        $    3,062,586,846         96.24%
30-60 Days Delinquent........             9,203                 3.26                119,505,010          3.76
                                       --------              -------         ------------------       -------
      Total..................           281,895               100.00%        $    3,182,091,856        100.00%
                                       --------              -------         ------------------       -------
                                       --------              -------         ------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    CONTRACTS BY EQUIPMENT TYPE
 
   
    The  following  table  shows the  type  of Equipment  securing  or otherwise
related to the  Contracts, by the  number of Contracts,  the aggregate  Contract
Principal  Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by number of Contracts
and by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to  all
of the Contracts:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                   CONTRACT POOL
                                                            % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT     PRINCIPAL
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT                NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS   PRINCIPAL BALANCE       BALANCE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  ------------------  ----------------
<S>                             <C>                    <C>                    <C>                 <C>
Telecommunications............           124,709                44.24%        $    1,267,259,623        39.82%
Manufacturing and
 Construction.................            41,820                14.84                731,052,306        22.97
Computers and Point-of-Sale...            65,488                23.23                599,487,174        18.84
General Office................            33,130                11.75                299,712,774         9.42
Medical.......................             9,123                 3.24                160,456,770         5.04
Printing......................             7,599                 2.70                122,628,258         3.85
Other.........................                26                 0.01                  1,494,951         0.05
                                        --------              -------         ------------------      -------
      Total...................           281,895               100.00%        $    3,182,091,856       100.00%
                                        --------              -------         ------------------      -------
                                        --------              -------         ------------------      -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCES
 
   
    The  following table shows the distribution of the Preliminary Contract Pool
by Contract Principal Balance by indicating the number of Contracts which have a
Contract Principal Balance  within a  defined range and  the aggregate  Contract
Principal  Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by number of Contracts
and by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to  all
of the Contracts:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 % OF PRELIMINARY
                                         NUMBER OF        % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT     CONTRACT POOL
CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE               CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------  -------------------  -----------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>                    <C>                  <C>
$        0 to $   5,000.00............     167,945            59.58%         $     336,434,783          10.57%
$  5,000.01 to $  25,000.00...........      88,903            31.54                973,298,209          30.59
$ 25,000.01 to $  50,000.00...........      14,443             5.12                501,141,334          15.75
$ 50,000.01 to $ 100,000.00...........       6,906             2.45                473,855,550          14.89
$100,000.01 to $ 500,000.00...........       3,406             1.21                581,918,394          18.29
$500,000.01 to $1,000,000.00..........         207             0.07                143,201,325           4.50
Over $1,000,000.00....................          85             0.03                172,242,261           5.41
                                        -----------         -------         -------------------       -------
      Total...........................     281,895           100.00%         $   3,182,091,856         100.00%
                                        -----------         -------         -------------------       -------
                                        -----------         -------         -------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    REMAINING TERMS OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The  following  table shows  the remaining  term of  the Contracts  from the
Preliminary Cut-Off Date to the scheduled expiration date of such Contracts,  by
indicating  the number of Contracts, the aggregate Contract Principal Balance of
such Contracts, and  the percentage  (by number  of Contracts  and by  aggregate
Contract Principal Balance) of such Contracts relative to all of the Contracts:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          NUMBER                                                 % OF PRELIMINARY
                                            OF            % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT     CONTRACT POOL
REMAINING TERM OF CONTRACTS              CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------  -------------------  -----------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>                    <C>                  <C>
One Month to 12 Months................      67,682            24.01%         $     171,103,536           5.38%
13 Months to 24 Months................      75,317            26.72                520,288,768          16.35
25 Months to 36 Months................      69,003            24.48                766,080,712          24.07
37 Months to 48 Months................      39,520            14.02                759,235,929          23.86
49 Months to 60 Months................      28,941            10.27                818,908,200          25.73
Over 60 Months........................       1,432             0.51                146,474,711           4.60
                                        -----------         -------         -------------------       -------
      Total...........................     281,895           100.00%         $   3,182,091,856         100.00%
                                        -----------         -------         -------------------       -------
                                        -----------         -------         -------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    TYPES OF OBLIGOR
 
   
    The Contracts with a single Obligor (or group of affiliated Obligors) having
the  largest aggregate Contract Principal Balance  as of the Preliminary Cut-Off
Date represented no more than 2.75%  of the Preliminary Contract Pool  Principal
Balance.  The following table shows the types of Obligor on Contracts within the
Preliminary Contract Pool, by  the number of  Contracts, the aggregate  Contract
Principal  Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by number of Contracts
and by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to  all
of the Contracts:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                      % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT      CONTRACT POOL
TYPE OF OBLIGOR            NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -------------------  --------------------
<S>                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>                  <C>
Service Organizations...           142,052                 50.39%        $   1,326,132,035             41.67%
Manufacturing and
 Construction...........            40,001                 14.19               767,195,820             24.11
Retail and Wholesale
 Trade..................            37,916                 13.45               409,669,907             12.87
Other...................            14,290                  5.07               203,124,215              6.38
Financial Services......            15,106                  5.36               189,663,310              5.96
Professionals...........            19,221                  6.82               111,188,281              3.49
Printing and Copy
 Centers................             6,107                  2.17                89,413,385              2.81
Medical.................             7,202                  2.55                85,704,903              2.69
                                  --------               -------        -------------------          -------
      Total.............           281,895                100.00%        $   3,182,091,856            100.00%
                                  --------               -------        -------------------          -------
                                  --------               -------        -------------------          -------
</TABLE>
    
 
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO DELINQUENCIES AND DEFAULTS
 
    DELINQUENCIES
 
   
    The following table sets forth statistics relating to Delinquencies on lease
and/or  loan contracts within  the Originators' owned  and managed portfolios of
receivables similar to the Contracts (on an aggregate basis) as of December  31,
in each of the past four years and as of June 30, 1996. Such receivables did not
constitute  the  Originators'  entire  portfolio  of  lease  contracts  and loan
contracts. For these  purposes, a "Delinquency"  means that the  obligor on  the
lease  or loan contract  has failed to  make a required  Scheduled Payment in an
amount equal to at least 90% of the required Scheduled Payment within 30 days of
the due date. For these purposes, any payment made by the obligor on a lease  or
loan contract subsequent to the required payment date is applied to the earliest
payment  which was unpaid. The  statistics set forth below  relate to the entire
portfolio of receivables similar to the Contracts serviced
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
by the Originators as of the date specified, and not only to the Contracts; and,
accordingly, such  statistics  are  not necessarily  indicative  of  the  future
performance  of the Contracts. The following table is based, where indicated, on
the gross receivable balance of the lease  and loan contracts, as it appears  on
the  accounting records of TCC as of the date set forth below and not solely the
overdue payments.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       PERCENTAGE OF GROSS RECEIVABLE BALANCE OF CONTRACTS
                                   GROSS RECEIVABLE                   WHICH WERE DELINQUENT
                                      BALANCE OF      ------------------------------------------------------
                                       CONTRACTS        31 TO 60      61 TO 90     91 TO 120      OVER 120
DATE OF CALCULATION                 (IN THOUSANDS)        DAYS          DAYS          DAYS          DAYS        TOTAL
- ---------------------------------  -----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                <C>                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
12/31/92.........................    $   3,407,520          2.49%         0.64%         0.36%         1.29%       4.78%
12/31/93.........................    $   3,614,441          2.53%         0.83%         0.36%         0.49%       4.21%
12/31/94.........................    $   4,172,097          2.88%         0.79%         0.41%         0.53%       4.61%
12/31/95.........................    $   4,469,009          3.53%         0.86%         0.44%         0.76%       5.59%
 6/30/96.........................    $   4,578,955          2.61%         0.87%         0.39%         1.02%       4.89%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    NON-ACCRUALS
    
 
   
    The following  table  sets  forth statistics  relating  to  Non-Accruals  on
receivables  similar to the Contracts within  the Originators' owned and managed
portfolios (on an aggregate basis) as  of, and for the 12-month periods  ending,
December  31 in each  of the past  four years and  as of, and  for the six-month
period  ending,  June  30,  1996.  Such  receivables  did  not  constitute   the
Originators'  entire portfolio of lease contracts  and loan contracts. For these
purposes, a "Non-Accrual" means that, as  of the date indicated, the obligor  on
the  relevant lease or loan contract had failed to make payments in an amount at
least equal to 90% of the required Scheduled Payment for at least 90 days beyond
the date  required, or  commenced  a bankruptcy  or insolvency  proceeding.  The
statistics set forth below relate to the portfolio of receivables similar to the
Contracts  serviced by the Originators for the  period specified and not only to
the Contracts; and, accordingly, such statistics are not necessarily  indicative
of  the future performance of the Contracts. The following table is based, where
indicated, on the net investment of the  lease and loan contracts (gross of  any
allowance  for  losses) as  it appears  on the  records  of TCC  as of  the date
specified below:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AGGREGATE NET          PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                        INVESTMENT OF    AGGREGATE NET INVESTMENT
                                                                          CONTRACTS     OF CONTRACTS WHICH WERE ON
DATE OF CALCULATION                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)           NON-ACCRUAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>
12/31/92.............................................................   $   3,159,814                2.72%
12/31/93.............................................................   $   3,339,313                1.65%
12/31/94.............................................................   $   3,839,569                1.33%
12/31/95.............................................................   $   4,107,023                1.54%
 6/30/96.............................................................   $   4,357,631                1.45%
</TABLE>
    
 
    LOSSES AND RECOVERIES
 
   
    The following  table sets  forth  statistics relating  to gross  losses  and
losses  net  of recoveries  on  defaulted lease  and  loan contracts  within the
Originators' owned  and  managed  portfolios  (of  receivables  similar  to  the
Contracts  on an aggregate basis) during  the 12-month period ending December 31
in each of the past four years  and during the six-month period ending June  30,
1996.  Such receivables did not constitute  the Originators' entire portfolio of
lease contracts and  loan contracts.  For these purposes,  "gross losses"  means
total  losses before recoveries measured against the net investment of the lease
and loan  contracts (gross  of any  allowance for  losses), and  "losses net  of
recoveries" means losses after recoveries measured against the net investment of
the lease and loan contracts (gross of any allowance
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
   
for  losses).  The  statistics  set  forth  below  relate  to  the  portfolio of
receivables similar  to the  Contracts serviced  by the  Originators during  the
period  indicated  and  not  only  to  the  Contracts;  and,  accordingly,  such
statistics are  not necessarily  indicative  of the  future performance  of  the
Contracts.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 AGGREGATE NET          GROSS LOSSES AS A     NET LOSSES AS A
                            INVESTMENT OF CONTRACTS     PERCENTAGE OF NET    PERCENTAGE OF NET
   DATE OF CALCULATION           (IN THOUSANDS)            INVESTMENT           INVESTMENT
- -------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------  -------------------
<S>                        <C>                         <C>                  <C>
12/31/92.................        $    3,159,814                 2.68%                2.17%
12/31/93.................        $    3,339,313                 2.44%                1.88%
12/31/94.................        $    3,839,569                 1.77%                1.22%
12/31/95.................        $    4,107,023                 1.80%                1.32%
 6/30/96.................        $    4,357,631                 1.73%                1.29%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The  Originators'  delinquency,  non-accrual  and  net  loss  experience has
historically been affected  by prevailing economic  conditions, particularly  in
industries   and  geographic  regions  where  it  has  customer  concentrations.
Recently, for  example, a  downturn  in the  retailing  industry has  caused  an
increase  in delinquencies in contracts relating to point-of-sale equipment, and
recent weakness  in  general  economic  conditions has  caused  an  increase  in
delinquencies  in  the Originators'  small-ticket  portfolios. TCC  believes the
increased use of scoring models, both in underwriting and collections, has  been
a factor in the improvement in non-accruals and losses over the past five years.
    
 
    It  has been the Originators'  experience that, unlike consumer receivables,
collections from the obligors constitute a significant portion of recoveries  on
defaulted  receivables,  in addition  to the  proceeds  from liquidation  of the
related equipment.  The resale  value of  individual items  of Equipment,  which
would  be collected by the Servicer in the  event of a default under the related
Contract, will vary  substantially, depending  on such factors  as the  expected
remaining  useful  life of  the Equipment  at the  time of  the default  and the
obsolescence of the Equipment.  It is possible that  the resale values for  some
Equipment  would  be  negligible  or insufficient  to  justify  repossession and
resale.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The  Notes will be issued pursuant to the  terms of the Indenture, a form of
which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. A copy of  the
Indenture will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the Notes.
The  following summary describes  certain terms of the  Notes and the Indenture.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is  qualified
in  its  entirety by  reference  to, all  the provisions  of  the Notes  and the
Indenture.  The   Chase  Manhattan   Bank,   a  national   banking   association
headquartered in New York, New York, will be the Indenture Trustee.
    
 
   
    Pursuant  to the Indenture, the Owner Trust will issue five classes of notes
(the "Notes"), consisting  of four classes  of senior notes,  designated as  the
   %  Receivable-Backed Notes,  Class A-1, in  the original  principal amount of
$       (the "Class A-1 Notes"), the   % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-2,  in
the  original principal  amount of $          (the "Class  A-2 Notes"), the    %
Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-3, in the original principal amount of $
(the "Class A-3 Notes"), and the   % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A-4, in  the
original  principal amount of $        (the "Class A-4 Notes" and, together with
the Class A-1,  Class A-2 and  Class A-3 Notes,  the "Class A  Notes"), and  one
class  of subordinated notes,  designated as the      % Receivable-Backed Notes,
Class B, in the original principal amount of $    (the "Class B Notes").
    
 
   
    The Class A Notes will be senior in  right of payment to the Class B  Notes.
The  Owner Trust will  also issue a  single class of  certificates of beneficial
interest, the Equity  Certificates, which are  not being offered  hereby. It  is
expected  that the  Equity Certificates  will initially  represent the  right to
receive principal in an amount equal to approximately 4% of the Initial Contract
Pool Principal  Balance, together  with interest  thereon at      %  per  annum,
payable from Pledged Revenues in the priority described under "-- Distributions"
below.
    
 
   
    Payments  on the Notes will be made by the Indenture Trustee on each Payment
Date to persons in whose names the Notes are registered as of the related Record
Date (the "Holders" or  "Noteholders"). The Payment Date  for the Notes will  be
the  15th day of each month (or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day), commencing in November  1996. The Record Date for  any
Payment Date will be the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date (so
long as the Notes are held in the book-entry form), or the last day of the prior
calendar month (if Definitive Notes have been issued).
    
 
   
    A "Business Day" is any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday)
on  which commercial banks in New York  City, or any other location of successor
Servicer or Indenture Trustee, are open for regular business.
    
 
   
    Each Class of  Notes initially  will be represented  by one  or more  global
Notes  (the  "Global  Notes") registered  in  the  name of  the  nominee  of DTC
(together with any successor depository  selected by the Indenture Trustee,  the
"Depository"),  except as set forth below. Beneficial interests in each Class of
Notes will be  available for purchase  in minimum denominations  of $10,000  and
integral  multiples  thereof in  book-entry form  only.  The Depositor  has been
informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. Accordingly, Cede & Co. is
expected to be the Holder  of record of the  Notes. Unless and until  Definitive
Notes are issued under the limited circumstances described herein, no Note Owner
acquiring  an  interest in  any Class  of Notes  will be  entitled to  receive a
certificate representing such Note  Owner's interest in  such Notes. Until  such
time, all references herein to actions by Noteholders of any Class of Notes will
refer   to  actions  taken   by  the  Depository   upon  instructions  from  its
participating organizations and all references herein to distributions, notices,
reports and  statements to  Noteholders of  any  Class of  Notes will  refer  to
distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Depository or its nominee,
as  the registered Holder of  the Notes of such  Class, for distribution to Note
Owners of such  Class in accordance  with the Depository's  procedures. See  "--
Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Notes."
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
   
    Principal  of and interest on the Notes  and the Equity Certificates will be
paid on each Payment Date, after payment of the Servicing Fee, solely from,  and
secured  by, the Amount Available  for such Payment Date,  which is equal to the
sum of (a) those Pledged Revenues on deposit in the Collection Account as of the
last Business Day preceding the related Determination Date (the "Deposit  Date")
(i)  which were received by the Servicer during the related Collection Period or
which represent amounts paid by TCC or the Depositor to purchase Contracts as of
the  end  of  such  Collection   Period  ("Related  Collection  Period   Pledged
Revenues"), or (ii) to the extent necessary to pay interest on the Notes and the
Equity  Certificates on such  Payment Date, which were  received by the Servicer
after the end of the related Collection  Period but on or prior to such  Deposit
Date  ("Current  Collection  Period  Pledged Revenues"  and,  together  with the
Related Collection Period Pledged  Revenues, the "Available Pledged  Revenues"),
plus  (b) amounts  permitted to be  withdrawn therefor from  the Cash Collateral
Account, as described under "-- Cash Collateral Account" below.
    
 
   
    "Pledged Revenues" will consist of (i) "Scheduled Payments" on the Contracts
(which will  consist  of all  payments  under  the Contracts  other  than  those
portions  of such payments which, under the  Contracts, are to be (A) applied by
the Servicer to the payment of  insurance charges, maintenance, taxes and  other
similar   obligations,  or   (B)  retained  by   the  Servicer   in  payment  of
Administrative Fees) received on  or after the Cut-Off  Date and due during  the
term  of  the  Contracts, without  giving  effect to  end-of-term  extensions or
renewals thereof  (including  all  Scheduled  Payments due  prior  to,  but  not
received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or
after,  but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date); (ii) any voluntary prepayments
("Prepayments") received  on or  after  the Cut-Off  Date under  the  Contracts,
provided  that the  amount, if  any, by  which any  such Prepayment  exceeds the
Required Payoff Amount of a Lease Contract will not constitute Pledged  Revenues
but  will  be allocated  to  the Depositor;  (iii) any  amounts  paid by  TCC to
purchase Contracts  due  to a  breach  of representations  and  warranties  with
respect  thereto,  as  described  under "The  Contracts  --  Representations and
Warranties Made by TCC," excluding, in the case of a Lease Contract, any portion
thereof allocable to the  Depositor; (iv) any amounts  paid by the Depositor  to
purchase the Contracts as described under "Optional Purchase of Contracts below;
(v)  certain of  the Liquidation  Proceeds derived  from the  liquidation of the
Contracts and the disposition of the  related Equipment, as described under  "--
Liquidated  Contracts" below; and (vi) any earnings on the investment of amounts
credited to the Collection Account.
    
 
   
    On each Payment  Date, the Indenture  Trustee will be  required to make  the
following  payments,  first, from  Related  Collection Period  Pledged Revenues,
second, to  the  extent  the  Related Collection  Period  Pledged  Revenues  are
insufficient  to pay interest on the Notes  and the Equity Certificiates on such
Payment Date,  the amount  necessary  to cure  such insufficiency  from  Current
Collection  Period Pledged Revenues, and third (but only as to amounts described
in clause  (ii) and  certain amounts  included in  clause (iii)),  from  amounts
permitted  to be withdrawn  from the Cash Collateral  Account as described under
"-- Cash Collateral Account" below, in  the following order of priority  (except
as  otherwise  described  under "--  Events  of  Default; Rights  Upon  Event of
Default" below):
    
 
   
         (i)
    
       the Servicing Fee;
 
        (ii)
       interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates in the following  order
       of priority:
 
       (a) interest  on the  Class A Notes  (including any  overdue interest and
           interest thereon),
 
   
       (b) interest on the  Class B  Notes (including any  overdue interest  and
           interest thereon) and
    
 
   
       (c) interest  on the Equity Certificates  (including any overdue interest
           and interest thereon);
    
 
   
       (iii)
       an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount, as of such Payment Date,
       in respect of principal on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates in  the
       priority described under "-- Principal" below;
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
   
        (iv)
       to the Cash Collateral Account, the amount, if any, necessary to increase
       the balance therein to the Requisite Amount; and
    
 
   
         (v)
       the  remainder,  if  any,  to  payment  of  certain  amounts  payable  in
       connection with the Cash Collateral Account and thereafter to the  Equity
       Certificateholders.
    
 
CLASS A INTEREST
 
   
    Interest  will be paid to the Holders of  each Class of the Class A Notes on
each Payment Date, to the extent the Amount Available (after taking into account
any prior applications described under  "-- Distributions" above) is  sufficient
therefor,  at the interest  rate for such  Class specified on  the cover of this
Prospectus (the  "Interest  Rate"  for  such  Class)  on  the  then  outstanding
principal  balance of  the Notes of  such Class,  and will be  calculated on the
basis of a  360-day year consisting  of twelve 30-day  months. Such interest  so
payable  on such Payment Date will be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i)
the applicable Interest Rate and (ii) the related Class principal balance as  of
the  immediately preceding  Payment Date (after  giving effect  to reductions in
such principal balance on such immediately preceding Payment Date). Interest  on
each  Class of the Class A Notes will accrue from and including the Closing Date
to but excluding November 15, 1996 (in  the case of the first interest  period),
and  thereafter for  each successive  Payment Date  from and  including the most
recent prior Payment Date to which interest has been paid, to but excluding such
Payment Date.
    
 
   
    In the event  that, on a  given Payment  Date, the Amount  Available is  not
sufficient  to make a full payment of interest  to the Holders of Class A Notes,
the amount of interest to be paid on  the Class A Notes will be allocated  among
each  Class thereof (and within a Class among  the Notes of such Class) pro rata
in accordance with their respective entitlements to interest, and the amount  of
such  shortfall will be  carried forward and, together  with interest thereon at
the applicable Interest Rate, added to the amount of interest such Holders  will
be entitled to receive on the next Payment Date.
    
 
CLASS B INTEREST
 
   
    Interest  will be paid to  the Holders of the Class  B Notes on each Payment
Date, to the extent  the remaining Amount Available  (after taking into  account
any  prior applications described under  "-- Distributions" above) is sufficient
therefor, at the Class B Interest Rate on the then outstanding Class B Principal
Balance, and will be  calculated on the  basis of a  360-day year consisting  of
twelve  30-day months. Such interest so paid  on such Payment Date will be equal
to one-twelfth of  the product of  (i) the Class  B Interest Rate  and (ii)  the
Class  B Principal Balance  as of the immediately  preceding Payment Date (after
giving effect to reductions in the Class B Principal Balance on such immediately
preceding Payment Date).  Interest on  the Class B  Notes will  accrue from  and
including  the Closing Date to  but excluding November 15,  1996 (in the case of
the first interest period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date from
and including the  most recent  prior Payment Date  to which  interest has  been
paid, to but excluding such Payment Date.
    
 
   
    In  the event  that, on  a given Payment  Date, the  Amount Available, after
payment of interest  on the  Class A  Notes, is not  sufficient to  make a  full
payment  of interest to the Holders of Class  B Notes, the amount of interest to
be paid on the Class B Notes will be allocated among the Notes of such Class pro
rata in  accordance with  their  respective entitlements  to interest,  and  the
amount  of such  shortfall will be  carried forward and,  together with interest
thereon at the  Class B  Interest Rate,  added to  the amount  of interest  such
Holders will be entitled to receive on the next Payment Date.
    
 
PRINCIPAL
 
   
    To  the extent the remaining Amount Available (after taking into account any
prior applications  described  under  "-- Distributions"  above)  is  sufficient
therefor,  the  amount of  principal  to be  paid on  the  Notes and  the Equity
Certificates on  each Payment  Date  will equal  the Monthly  Principal  Amount.
Principal  payable on the Notes will be paid  in respect of the Class A Notes on
each Payment Date  until the  Class A-1 Principal  Balance has  been reduced  to
zero,  then in respect of  principal on the Class A-2  Notes until the Class A-2
Principal Balance has been reduced to zero, then in respect of principal of  the
Class  A-3 Notes until the Class A-3 Principal Balance has been reduced to zero,
then in respect of
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
principal of the Class A-4 Notes until the Class A-4 Principal Balance has  been
reduced to zero, and then in respect of principal on the Class B Notes until the
Class  B Principal  Balance has  been reduced to  zero. Commencing  on the first
Payment Date, however,     %  of the Monthly Principal  Amount for each  Payment
Date  will be payable  on the Equity  Certificates, on a  parity with payment of
principal on the Notes, until  the aggregate amount so paid  equals $
(which is 1% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance).
    
 
   
    The  "Monthly Principal Amount" for any  Payment Date will equal the excess,
if any, of (i)  the sum of the  principal balances of the  Notes and the  Equity
Certificates  as of such  Payment Date (determined  prior to the  payment of any
principal in respect thereof on such  Payment Date), over (ii) the aggregate  of
the  Contract Principal Balances of the  Contracts (the "Contract Pool Principal
Balance") as of the last day of  the Collection Period relating to such  Payment
Date.
    
 
   
    The  "Contract Principal Balance" of any Contract  as of the last day of any
Collection Period is:
    
 
   
       (1) in the case  of a  Lease Contract, the  present value  of the  unpaid
           Scheduled  Payments due on such Lease Contract after such last day of
    the Collection Period (excluding all Scheduled Payments due on or prior  to,
    but not received as of, such last day, as well as any Scheduled Payments due
    after such last day and received on or prior thereto) after giving effect to
    any Prepayments received on or prior to such last day, discounted monthly at
    the rate of   % per annum ( assuming, for purposes of such calculation, that
    each  Scheduled Payment is due on the  last day of the applicable Collection
    Period), and
    
 
   
       (2) in the  case of  a Loan  Contract, the  lesser of  (a) the  remaining
           scheduled principal balance of such Loan Contract after giving effect
    to  Scheduled Payments due  on or prior  to such last  day of the Collection
    Period, whether  or  not received,  as  well  as any  Prepayments,  and  any
    Scheduled  Payments due after  such last day,  received on or  prior to such
    last day, and (b) the present value of the unpaid Scheduled Payments due  on
    such  Loan Contract after such last  day of the Collection Period (excluding
    all Scheduled Payments due on or prior to, but not received as of, such last
    day, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after such last day and  received
    prior  thereto) after giving effect to  any Prepayments received on or prior
    to such last day, discounted monthly at the rate of   % per annum (assuming,
    for purposes of such calculation, that each Scheduled Payment is due on  the
    last day of the applicable Collection Period).
    
 
   
The  Contract  Principal  Balance  of any  Contract  which  became  a Liquidated
Contract during a given Collection Period or was required to be purchased by TCC
as of the end of  a given Collection Period due  to a breach of  representations
and warranties, will, for purposes of computing the Monthly Principal Amount and
the  Requisite Amount for the  Cash Collateral Account, be  deemed to be zero on
and after the last day of such Collection Period.
    
 
   
    A "Liquidated Contract" is any Contract  (a) which the Servicer has  charged
off  as uncollectible in accordance with  its credit and collection policies and
procedures (which shall be no later than  the date as of which the Servicer  has
repossessed  and disposed of  the related Equipment,  or otherwise collected all
proceeds which, in the  Servicer's reasonable judgment,  can be collected  under
such  Contract),  or (b)  as to  which 10%  or  more of  a Scheduled  Payment is
delinquent 180 days or more.
    
 
   
    The "Collection Period"  for any  Payment Date  will be  the calendar  month
preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs.
    
 
   
    The  "Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance"  is an amount equal to  $
(which amount is based upon the Contract Pool Principal Balance determined as of
the Cut-Off Date, but also includes  an amount in respect of Scheduled  Payments
on the Contracts due prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date).
    
 
   
SUBORDINATION OF CLASS B NOTES AND EQUITY CERTIFICATES
    
 
   
    The  likelihood  of payment  of  interest on  each  Class of  Notes  will be
enhanced by  the application  of  the Amount  Available,  after payment  of  the
Servicing    Fee,   to   the   payment   of   such   interest   prior   to   the
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
   
payment of principal on any of the Notes or the Equity Certificates, as well  as
by  the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to receive
such interest (1) in the case of the Class A Notes, prior to the payment of  any
interest on the Class B Notes or the Equity Certificates, and (2) in the case of
the  Class  B  Notes,  prior  to  the payment  of  any  interest  on  the Equity
Certificates. Likewise, the likelihood of payment of principal on each Class  of
Notes will be enhanced by the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each
such  Class to receive  such principal, to  the extent of  the Amount Available,
after payment of  the Servicing Fee  and interest  on the Notes  and the  Equity
Certificates  as aforesaid, (i) in  the case of the Class  A Notes, prior to the
payment of any principal on the Class B Notes or (except as described under  "--
Principal"  above) the Equity Certificates  and (ii) in the  case of the Class B
Notes, prior to the payment of any principal on the Equity Certificates,  except
as described under "-- Principal" above.
    
 
CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT
 
   
    The  Cash Collateral Account will be established  on or prior to the Closing
Date and will be available to the Indenture Trustee. The Cash Collateral Account
will initially be funded in an amount equal to    % of the Initial Contract Pool
Principal Balance (approximately $        ) (the  "Initial Amount"). Amounts  on
deposit  from time  to time in  the Cash Collateral  Account (up to,  but not in
excess  of,  the  Requisite  Amount  described  below,  and  not  including  any
investment  earnings on such funds) shall be  used to fund the following amounts
in the following order of priority (to the extent that amounts on deposit in the
Collection Account as of any Deposit Date are insufficient therefor and provided
that  any  such  insufficiency  has  resulted,  directly  or  indirectly,   from
delinquencies  or defaults, or both,  on the Contracts): (i)  to pay interest on
the Notes and the  Equity Certificates in the  following order of priority:  (a)
interest  on  the Class  A Notes  (including any  overdue interest  and interest
thereon), (b) interest on the Class B Notes (including any overdue interest  and
interest  thereon) and  (c) interest on  the Equity  Certificates (including any
overdue interest and  interest thereon);  (ii) to pay  any Principal  Deficiency
Amount  (equal to  the lesser  of (a)  the aggregate  Liquidation Losses  on all
Contracts that became Liquidated Contracts during the related Collection  Period
(the  "Current Realized Losses") or (b) the excess, if any, of (A) the aggregate
principal balance of the Notes and the Equity Certificates (after giving  effect
to  all other  distributions of  principal on such  Payment Date),  over (B) the
aggregate of the Required Payoff Amounts for all Contracts as of the last day of
the related Collection  Period); and  (iii) to pay  principal on  the Notes  and
Equity Certificates at the applicable Stated Maturity Date thereof.
    
 
   
    "Liquidation Loss" means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the excess, if any,
of  (1) the Required  Payoff Amount of  such Contract for  the Collection Period
during which such Contract became a  Liquidated Contract, over (2) that  portion
of  the Liquidation Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract allocated to the Owner
Trust (as described under "-- Liquidated Contracts" below).
    
 
    The "Required Payoff Amount," with respect to any Collection Period for  any
Contract,  is  equal  to the  sum  of: (i)  the  Scheduled Payment  due  in such
Collection Period, together with any Scheduled Payments due in prior  Collection
Periods  and not yet received, plus (ii)  the Contract Principal Balance of such
Contract as of the last day of such Collection Period (after taking into account
the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period).
 
   
    If and to  the extent  that the  amount on  deposit in  the Cash  Collateral
Account  as of  any Payment Date  is less  than the Requisite  Amount, then such
deficiency is to be restored from the remaining Amount Available, after  payment
of  the Servicing  Fee and interest  and principal  on the Notes  and the Equity
Certificates as described under "-- Distributions" above. The "Requisite Amount"
will be (i) for any  Payment Date on or prior  to the Payment Date occurring  in
            ,   1997,  the  Initial  Amount,  and  (ii)  for  any  Payment  Date
thereafter, an amount equal  to the greater  of (a) the sum  of (1)    % of  the
Contract  Pool Principal Balance for such Payment  Date, plus (2) the excess, if
any, of  (A) the  sum of  the principal  balances of  the Notes  and the  Equity
Certificates  after giving effect to any payment of principal in respect thereof
on such Payment  Date, over  (B) the Contract  Pool Principal  Balance for  such
Payment  Date, and  (b) $         (which  is    %  of the  Initial Contract Pool
Principal Balance); provided that in no  event will the Requisite Amount  exceed
the  sum of the principal balances of the Notes and the Equity Certificates. Any
amount on deposit  in the  Cash Collateral Account  in excess  of the  Requisite
Amount,
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
and  all investment earnings  on funds in  the Cash Collateral  Account, will be
released from the Cash Collateral Account and  paid to or upon the order of  the
Depositor, and will not be available to make payments on the Notes or the Equity
Certificates.
 
   
    The  Cash  Collateral Account  must  be an  Eligible  Account, and  funds on
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account will be invested in Eligible  Investments
(each as defined under "-- Trust Accounts" below).
    
 
LIQUIDATED CONTRACTS
 
   
    Liquidation  Proceeds (which will consist  generally of all amounts received
by the Servicer in connection with the liquidation of a Contract and disposition
of the related Equipment, net of any related out-of-pocket liquidation expenses)
will be allocated as follows:  (i) with respect to  any Loan Contract, all  such
Liquidation Proceeds will be allocated to the Owner Trust; and (ii) with respect
to any Lease Contract, such Liquidation Proceeds will be allocated on a pro rata
basis between the Depositor, on the one hand, and the Owner Trust, on the other,
based  respectively on (a) the "Book Value"  of the Leased Equipment (which is a
fixed amount  equal  to the  value  of the  Leased  Equipment as  shown  on  the
accounting   books  and  records  of  TCC   or  the  applicable  Originator,  as
appropriate, as of the Cut-Off Date) and (b) the Required Payoff Amount for such
Lease Contract (determined as of the  Collection Period during which such  Lease
Contract  became  a  Liquidated  Contract);  provided  that,  in  the  event the
Liquidation Proceeds in  respect of any  Lease Contract and  the related  Leased
Equipment exceed the sum of the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract and the
Book  Value of such Leased Equipment, any  such excess shall be allocated solely
to the Depositor. All Liquidation Proceeds  which are so allocable to the  Owner
Trust  will  be  deposited  in the  Collection  Account  and  constitute Pledged
Revenues to be applied to the payment of interest and principal on the Notes and
the Equity  Certificates  in  accordance with  the  priorities  described  under
"-- Distributions" above.
    
 
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The  Depositor  may  purchase  all  of the  Contracts  on  any  Payment Date
following the date on which  the unpaid principal balance  of the Notes and  the
Equity  Certificates is  less than  10% of  the Initial  Contract Pool Principal
Balance. The purchase price to be paid in connection with such purchase shall be
at least equal  to the  unpaid principal  balance of  the Notes  and the  Equity
Certificates  as of such Payment Date plus interest  to be paid on the Notes and
the Equity Certificates  on such  Payment Date.  The proceeds  of such  purchase
shall  be applied on such Payment Date to the payment of the remaining principal
balance of the Notes and the Equity Certificates, together with accrued interest
thereon.
    
 
TRUST ACCOUNTS
 
   
    The Indenture  Trustee  will  establish and  maintain  under  the  Indenture
segregated  trust accounts (which need not  be deposit accounts, but which shall
constitute "Eligible  Accounts"), consisting  of the  "Collection Account,"  the
"Servicing  Account"  and  the "Note  Distribution  Account"  (collectively, the
"Trust Accounts").  An "Eligible  Account" means  any account  which is  (i)  an
account  maintained with  an Eligible  Institution (as  defined below);  (ii) an
account or accounts the deposits in which  are fully insured by either the  Bank
Insurance  Fund or the Savings  Association Insurance Fund of  the FDIC; (iii) a
"segregated trust account" maintained with  the corporate trust department of  a
federal  or state chartered  depository institution or  trust company with trust
powers and acting  in its fiduciary  capacity for the  benefit of the  Indenture
Trustee,  which depository institution or trust  company has capital and surplus
(or, if such depository institution or trust  company is a subsidiary of a  bank
holding company system, the bank holding company has capital and surplus) of not
less than $50,000,000 and the securities of such depository institution or trust
company  (or, if such depository institution or trust company is a subsidiary of
a bank  holding  company  system  and such  depository  institution's  or  trust
company's  securities are not rated, the securities of the bank holding company)
have a credit rating from each of  the Rating Agencies (if rated by such  Rating
Agency)  which signifies  "investment grade"; or  (iv) an account  that will not
cause any Rating Agency to reduce,  qualify or withdraw its then-current  rating
assigned  to the Notes or  Equity Certificates, as confirmed  in writing by such
Rating Agency. "Eligible Institution" means any depository institution organized
under the laws of the United States or any state,
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
   
the deposits of which  are insured to  the full extent permitted  by law by  the
Bank  Insurance Fund  (currently administered  by the  Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation), whose  short-term  deposits or  unsecured  long-term debt  have  a
credit rating from each of the Rating Agencies (if rated by such Rating Agency),
and  which  is  subject  to  supervision and  examination  by  federal  or state
authorities.
    
 
   
    The Servicer,  as  agent  for  the  Indenture  Trustee,  may  designate,  or
otherwise  arrange for the purchase by  the Indenture Trustee of, investments to
be made with funds  in the Trust Accounts,  which investments shall be  Eligible
Investments  (as defined in the  Indenture) that will mature  not later than the
business  day  preceding   the  applicable  monthly   Payment  Date.   "Eligible
Investments"  include, among other investments, obligations of the United States
or of any  agency thereof  backed by  the full faith  and credit  of the  United
States;  federal  funds, certificates  of  deposit, time  deposits  and bankers'
acceptances  sold  by  eligible   financial  institutions;  certain   repurchase
agreements  with  eligible institutions  and other  investments which  would not
result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of any rating of the  Notes
or Equity Certificates by any Rating Agency.
    
 
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
    The  Servicer  will  furnish to  the  Indenture Trustee,  and  the Indenture
Trustee will include  with each  distribution to  a Noteholder,  a statement  in
respect of the related Payment Date setting forth, among other things:
 
   
           (i)
           the  amount of  interest paid on  the Class A-1  Notes, including any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A-1 Notes;
    
 
   
          (ii)
           the amount of  interest paid on  the Class A-2  Notes, including  any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A-2 Notes;
    
 
   
         (iii)
           the  amount of  interest paid on  the Class A-3  Notes, including any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A-3 Notes;
    
 
   
          (iv)
           the amount of  interest paid on  the Class A-4  Notes, including  any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A-4 Notes;
    
 
   
           (v)
           the  amount  of interest  paid on  the Class  B Notes,  including any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class B Notes;
    
 
   
          (vi)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A-1 Notes;
 
   
         (vii)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A-2 Notes;
 
   
        (viii)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A-3 Notes;
 
   
          (ix)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A-4 Notes;
 
   
           (x)
    
           the amount of principal paid on the Class B Notes;
 
   
          (xi)
    
           the Principal Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;
 
   
         (xii)
           the amount of  interest and  principal (if  any) paid  on the  Equity
           Certificates; and
    
 
   
        (xiii)
           the Requisite Amount of the Cash Collateral Account and the amount on
           deposit  in the Cash  Collateral Account (after  giving effect to any
           deposits and withdrawals to be made on the Payment Date).
    
 
    The Notes will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC and will not be
registered in the names of the beneficial owners or their nominees. As a result,
unless and  until  Definitive Notes  are  issued in  the  limited  circumstances
described  under  "-- Definitive  Notes" below,  beneficial  owners will  not be
recognized by the Indenture Trustee as Noteholders, as that term is used in  the
Indenture.  Hence, until such  time, beneficial owners  will receive reports and
other information provided  for under  the Indenture only  if, when  and to  the
extent  provided by DTC  and its participating  organizations. The Servicer will
file a copy
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
of each such report with the Commission on Form 8-K. However, in accordance with
the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, the
Depositor expects  that the  Trust's obligation  to file  such reports  will  be
terminated at the end of 1996.
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
   
    Each  Class of  Notes will  initially be represented  by one  or more Global
Notes registered in  the name  of the  nominee of  DTC. The  Depositor has  been
informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. Noteholders may hold their
Notes through DTC (in the United States) or Cedel Bank or Euroclear (in Europe),
which  in  turn hold  through  DTC, if  they  are participants  of  such systems
("Participants"), or indirectly through  organizations that are participants  in
such  systems. Cedel Bank and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of
the Cedel  Bank  Participants  and  the  Euroclear  Participants,  respectively,
through  customers' securities accounts in Cedel Bank's and Euroclear's names on
the books  of their  respective depositories  (collectively, the  "International
Depositories")  which in turn will hold  such positions in customers' securities
accounts in the International Depositories' names on the books of DTC.
    
 
    DTC is a New York-chartered limited-purpose  trust company, a member of  the
Federal  Reserve System, a "clearing corporation"  within the meaning of the UCC
in effect in the State of New York, and a "clearing agency" registered  pursuant
to  the provisions of Section 17A of  the Exchange Act. DTC holds securities for
its  Participants  ("DTC  Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance   and
settlement  among Participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and
pledges, in  deposited  securities  through  electronic  book-entry  changes  in
Participants'  accounts, thereby eliminating  the need for  physical movement of
securities. Participants include  securities brokers and  dealers, banks,  trust
companies,  clearing  corporations,  and certain  other  organizations. Indirect
access to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities  brokers
and  dealers,  banks,  and trust  companies  that  clear through  or  maintain a
custodial  relationship  with  a  Participant,  either  directly  or  indirectly
("Indirect  Participants"). The rules applicable to DTC and its Participants are
on file with the Commission.
 
    Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC  rules.
Transfers  between Cedel Bank Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur
in the ordinary  way in  accordance with  their applicable  rules and  operating
procedures.
 
   
    Cross-market  transfers  between  persons  holding  directly  or  indirectly
through DTC in the United  States, on the one  hand, and directly or  indirectly
through  Cedel Bank  Participants or Euroclear  Participants on  the other hand,
will be effected  through DTC  in accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of  the
relevant European international clearing system by its International Depository;
however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to
the  relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in such
system in accordance with  its rules and procedures  and within its  established
deadlines  (European time). The relevant  European international clearing system
will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions
to its International Depository to take action to effect final settlement on its
behalf by delivering  or receiving securities  in DTC, and  making or  receiving
payment  in  accordance with  normal  procedures for  same-day  funds settlement
applicable to DTC. Cedel  Bank Participants and  Euroclear Participants may  not
deliver instructions directly to the International Depositories.
    
 
    Because  of time-zone differences,  credits of securities  received in Cedel
Bank or Euroclear as a  result of a transaction with  a DTC Participant will  be
made  during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business
day following the DTC settlement date,  and such credits or any transactions  in
such  securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Cedel Bank  Participant or  Euroclear  Participant on  such business  day.  Cash
received  in Cedel Bank  or Euroclear as a  result of sales  of securities by or
through a Cedel Bank Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available  in
the  relevant Cedel Bank or  Euroclear cash account only  as of the business day
following settlement in DTC. For
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
additional information regarding  clearance and settlement  procedures and  with
respect  to tax documentation procedures,  see "Global Clearance, Settlement and
Tax Documentation Procedures" and "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation
Requirements" in Appendix A.
 
    Note Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire to
purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in,  Notes
may  do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants. Note Owners will
receive all distributions  from the Indenture  Trustee through Participants  and
Indirect Participants. Note Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of
payments,  since such  payments will  be forwarded  by the  Indenture Trustee to
DTC's nominee.  DTC  will  forward  such payments  to  its  Participants,  which
thereafter  will  forward them  to Indirect  Participants  or Note  Owners. Note
Owners will not be recognized by  the Indenture Trustee as Noteholders and  Note
Owners  will be permitted to exercise  the rights of Noteholders only indirectly
through DTC and its Participants.
 
    Under the rules, regulations and  procedures creating and affecting DTC  and
its  operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to  make book-entry transfers of
Notes among Participants on whose behalf it  acts with respect to the Notes  and
to  receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  amounts  payable  on  the  Notes.
Participants and  Indirect Participants  with which  Note Owners  have  accounts
similarly  are required  to make book-entry  transfers and  receive and transmit
such payments on behalf of  their respective Note Owners. Accordingly,  although
Note  Owners will  not possess  Notes, the  Rules provide  a mechanism  by which
Participants will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.
 
    Because DTC can  act only  on behalf  of Participants,  who in  turn act  on
behalf  of Indirect Participants and certain banks,  the ability of a Note Owner
to pledge  Notes to  persons or  entities that  do not  participate in  the  DTC
system,  or to otherwise act  with respect to such Notes,  may be limited due to
the lack of a physical certificate for such Notes.
 
    DTC has advised the Depositor that it  will take any action permitted to  be
taken  by a Noteholder under the Indenture, only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose  accounts with DTC  the Notes are  credited. DTC may  take
conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the extent that
such  actions are  taken on behalf  of Participants whose  holdings include such
undivided interests.
 
    Except as required by law, the Depositor, the Owner Trust, and the Indenture
Trustee will not have any liability for any aspect of the records relating to or
payments made on account of beneficial  ownership interest of the Notes held  by
DTC's nominee, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating
to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
    DTC  may discontinue  providing its  services as  securities depository with
respect to the Notes at  any time by giving  reasonable notice to the  Indenture
Trustee.  Under such  circumstances, in  the event  that a  successor securities
depository is not  obtained, Definitive  Notes are  required to  be printed  and
delivered. See "-- Definitive Notes."
 
    The  information in this section concerning  DTC and DTC's book-entry system
has been obtained from sources that  the Depositor believes to be reliable,  but
the Depositor takes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof.
 
    Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel Bank") is incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg  as a  professional depository. Cedel  Bank holds  securities for its
Participants ("Cedel  Bank  Participants")  and facilitates  the  clearance  and
settlement  of securities  transactions between Cedel  Bank Participants through
electronic book-entry changes  in accounts of  Cedel Bank Participants,  thereby
eliminating  the need for  physical movement of  securities. Transactions may be
settled by Cedel Bank in  numerous currencies, including United States  dollars.
Cedel Bank provides to its Cedel Bank Participants, among other things, services
for  safekeeping,  administration, clearance  and settlement  of internationally
traded securities and  securities lending and  borrowing. Cedel Bank  interfaces
with  domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository, Cedel
Bank is subject to regulations by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Cedel  Bank
Participants   are   recognized   financial  institutions   around   the  world,
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust  companies,
clearing  corporations  and  certain  other organizations  and  may  include the
Underwriters of the Notes.  Indirect access to Cedel  Bank is also available  to
others,  such as banks, brokers, dealers  and trust companies that clear through
or maintain  a custodial  relationship  with a  Cedel Bank  Participant,  either
directly or indirectly.
 
    The  Euroclear System (the  "Euroclear System") was created  in 1968 to hold
securities for participants of  the Euroclear System ("Euroclear  Participants")
and  to  clear and  settle transactions  between Euroclear  Participants through
simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating
the need  for  physical  movement  of  securities and  any  risk  from  lack  of
simultaneous  transfers of securities and cash.  Transactions may now be settled
in numerous currencies,  including United States  dollars. The Euroclear  System
includes  various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and
interfaces with domestic markets in  several countries generally similar to  the
arrangements  for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear
System is  operated by  Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company  of New  York,  Brussels,
Belgium  office (the "Euroclear  Operator" or "Euroclear"),  under contract with
Euroclear  Clearance  System,  S.C.,  a  Belgian  cooperative  corporation  (the
"Cooperative").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear  Operator, not the  Cooperative. The Cooperative  establishes
policy  for the Euroclear system on  behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear
Participants include  banks (including  central banks),  securities brokers  and
dealers  and  other professional  financial intermediaries  and may  include the
Underwriters. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other
firms that clear through or maintain  a custodial relationship with a  Euroclear
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
    The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of  a  New  York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board  of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System
and  the  New York  State Banking  Department,  as well  as the  Belgian Banking
Commission.
 
    Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear  Operator
are  governed by  the Terms  and Conditions Governing  Use of  Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian  law
(collectively,  the  "Terms and  Conditions"). The  Terms and  Conditions govern
transfers of  securities and  cash within  the Euroclear  System, withdrawal  of
securities  and cash  from the Euroclear  System, and receipts  of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear  System. All securities in the  Euroclear
System  are held on a fungible  basis without attribution of specific securities
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants and has no  record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
 
   
    Distributions  with respect  to Notes held  through Cedel  Bank or Euroclear
will be credited to  the cash accounts of  Cedel Bank Participants or  Euroclear
Participants  in accordance with the relevant  system's rules and procedures, to
the extent received by its International Depository. Such distributions will  be
subject  to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations. Cedel Bank or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take
any other action permitted to  be taken by a  Noteholder under the Indenture  on
behalf of a Cedel Bank Participant or a Euroclear Participant only in accordance
with  its  relevant  rules  and  procedures  and  subject  to  its International
Depository's ability to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.
    
 
    Although DTC,  Cedel  Bank  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures  in order to facilitate transfers of Notes among participants of DTC,
Cedel Bank and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
 
   
    A paying agent  shall be maintained  in respect of  the Notes in  Luxembourg
(the  "Luxembourg Paying  Agent") for  so long  as the  Notes are  listed on the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Kredietbank S.A.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
   
Luxembourgeoise has  been  appointed as  the  initial Luxembourg  Paying  Agent.
Kredietbank   S.A.  Luxembourgeoise   shall  be  appointed   transfer  agent  in
Luxembourg, with respect to the Notes, in case the Global Notes are replaced  by
Definitive Notes.
    
 
DEFINITIVE NOTES
 
    The  Notes of each Class will be  issued in registered, certificated form to
the Note Owners  of such Class  or their nominees  ("Definitive Notes"),  rather
than  to the Depository or  its nominee, only if  (i) the Depository advises the
Indenture Trustee in writing that it is  no longer willing or able to  discharge
properly  its responsibilities as  Depository with respect to  the Notes of such
Class, and the Indenture Trustee is  unable to locate a qualified successor,  or
(ii) Note Owners representing not less than 50% of the principal balance of such
Class  advise the Indenture  Trustee and the  Depository through Participants in
writing that the continuation of a  book-entry system through the Depository  is
no longer in the best interest of the Note Owners of such Class.
 
    Upon  the  occurrence of  any  of the  events  described in  the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Depository  is required to  notify all Participants  of
the  availability through the Depository of  Definitive Notes. Upon surrender by
the Depository  of the  definitive  certificate representing  the Notes  of  the
affected  Class and  instructions for  registration, the  Indenture Trustee will
issue the Notes of such Class as Definitive Notes, and thereafter the  Indenture
Trustee  will recognize the Note Owners  of such Definitive Notes as Noteholders
under the Indenture.
 
    Distributions of principal  and interest on  the Notes will  be made by  the
Indenture  Trustee directly to Noteholders in accordance with the procedures set
forth herein and in the Indenture. Interest payments and any principal  payments
on  each Payment Date will be made  to Noteholders in whose names the Definitive
Notes were  registered at  the close  of business  on the  related Record  Date.
Distributions  will be made by check mailed to the address of such Noteholder as
it appears  on the  register  maintained by  the  Indenture Trustee.  The  final
payment  on any Note, however, will be made only upon presentation and surrender
of such  Note  at  the  office  or agency  specified  in  the  notice  of  final
distribution  to Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee  will provide such notice to
registered Noteholders mailed not later than the fifth day of the month of  such
final distributions.
 
   
    Definitive Notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the
transfer  agent and registrar, which initially will be the Indenture Trustee (in
such  capacity,  the  "Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar")  and  the  offices   of
Kredietbank  S.A. Luxembourgeoise which shall be  appointed as transfer agent in
Luxembourg in  respect  of  such  Definitive  Notes  (the  "Luxembourg  Transfer
Agent").  No service charge will be imposed  for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the  Transfer Agent  and Registrar may  require payment  of a  sum
sufficient  to cover any tax or  other governmental charge imposed in connection
therewith. The Transfer Agent and Registrar will not be required to register the
transfer or exchange  of Definitive Notes  for the period  from the Record  Date
preceding  the due date for any payment to the Payment Date with respect to such
Definitive Notes.
    
 
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITHOUT NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
   
    The Owner  Trust and  the  Indenture Trustee  may,  without consent  of  the
Noteholders,  enter  into one  or more  supplemental indentures  for any  of the
following purposes: (i) to correct or amplify the description of the  collateral
or  add additional collateral; (ii)  to provide for the  assumption of the Notes
and the Indenture obligations  by a permitted successor  to the Owner Trust  (as
described  under "-- Certain Covenants"); (iii)  to add additional covenants for
the benefit of the  Noteholders, or to surrender  any rights or power  conferred
upon  the Owner Trust; (iv) to convey,  transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any
property to or with the Indenture Trustee; (v) to cure any ambiguity or  correct
or  supplement any provision  in the Indenture or  in any supplemental indenture
which may be  inconsistent with any  other provision of  the Indenture; (vi)  to
provide  for the acceptance of the  appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee
or to  add to  or  change any  of the  provisions  of the  Indenture or  in  any
supplemental  indenture as  shall be necessary  and permitted  to facilitate the
administration by more than  one trustee; (vii) to  modify, eliminate or add  to
the  provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended; (viii) to avoid a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of
any rating of  the Notes; or  (ix) to add  any provisions to,  or change in  any
manner   or  eliminate   any  of  the   provisions  of,  the   Indenture  or  to
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
   
modify in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture,
provided that such action shall not (a) result in a reduction, qualification  or
withdrawal  of the then-current ratings of the Notes or the Equity Certificates,
or (b) as evidenced by an opinion  of counsel, adversely affect in any  material
respect the interests of any Noteholder.
    
 
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITH NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
    With  the consent  of the Holders  representing a majority  of the principal
balance of each  Class of the  Notes then outstanding  (a "Note Majority"),  the
Owner  Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may execute a supplemental indenture to
add provisions  to change  in any  manner or  eliminate any  provisions of,  the
Indenture, or modify in any manner the rights of the Noteholders.
 
   
    Without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby,
however, no supplemental indenture may: (i) change the date, timing or method of
determination  of any  installment of  principal of or  interest on  any Note or
reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or  the
redemption  price with respect  thereto or change the  manner of calculating any
such payment or any place  of payment where, or the  coin or currency in  which,
any  Note or any interest thereon is payable; (ii) impair the right to institute
suit for  the  enforcement of  certain  provisions of  the  Indenture  regarding
payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of each Class of the Notes then outstanding
the  consent  of the  Holders of  which  is required  for any  such supplemental
indenture or  for  any waiver  of  compliance  with certain  provisions  of  the
Indenture  or of certain defaults thereunder and their consequences; (iv) modify
or alter the provisions of the Indenture  regarding the voting of Notes held  by
the  Owner Trust, any other obligor on  the Notes, the Depositor or an affiliate
of any  of them;  (v) reduce  the percentage  of the  Notes the  consent of  the
Holders  of  which  is required  to  direct  the Indenture  Trustee  to  sell or
liquidate  the  Pledged  Revenues  if  the  proceeds  of  such  sale  would   be
insufficient  to pay the principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the
outstanding Notes; (vi) reduce  the percentage of each  Class of the Notes  then
outstanding  required to amend  the sections of the  Indenture which specify the
applicable percentage of each Class of  the Notes then outstanding necessary  to
amend  the  Indenture  or certain  other  related agreements;  (vii)  permit the
creation of any  lien ranking  prior to  or on  a parity  with the  lien of  the
Indenture  with respect  to any of  the collateral  for the Notes  or, except as
otherwise permitted or contemplated in the Indenture, terminate the lien of  the
Indenture  on  any such  collateral or  deprive the  Holder of  any Note  of the
security afforded by the lien of the Indenture; or (viii) result in a reduction,
qualification or withdrawal  of the rating  of any  Class of Notes  by a  Rating
Agency, as confirmed in writing by each Rating Agency.
    
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
 
   
    "Events  of Default" under the Indenture will  consist of: (i) a default for
five calendar days  or more in  the payment of  interest due on  any Note;  (ii)
failure  to pay the unpaid principal amount of  any Class of Notes on the Stated
Maturity Date or  any redemption date  for such  Class; (iii) a  default in  the
observance  or performance in any material  respect of any covenant or agreement
of the Owner Trust made in the Indenture, or any representation or warranty made
by the Owner  Trust in the  Indenture or in  any certificate delivered  pursuant
thereto  or in connection therewith  having been incorrect as  of the time made,
and the continuation of any such default or the failure to cure such breach of a
representation or warranty for a period of 30 calendar days after notice thereof
is given to the Owner Trust by the  Indenture Trustee or to the Owner Trust  and
the  Indenture Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
Notes then  outstanding;  or  (iv) certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
receivership or liquidation of the Owner Trust or the Depositor.
    
 
    If  an Event of Default  should occur and be  continuing with respect to the
Notes, the Indenture Trustee or a Note Majority may declare the principal of the
Notes to be  immediately due and  payable. Such declaration  may, under  certain
circumstances, be rescinded by a Note Majority.
 
    If  the  Notes have  been declared  due  and payable  following an  Event of
Default, the Indenture Trustee may institute proceedings to collect amounts  due
or foreclose on Pledged Revenues, exercise remedies as a secured party, sell the
related Pledged Revenues or elect to have the Owner Trust maintain possession of
the  Pledged Revenues and continue to  apply collections on the Pledged Revenues
as if there  had been  no declaration  of acceleration.  The Indenture  Trustee,
however, will be
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
   
prohibited  from selling  the Pledged  Revenues following  an Event  of Default,
unless (i) the Holders of all the  outstanding Notes consent to such sale;  (ii)
the  proceeds of such sale distributable to  Holders of the Notes are sufficient
to pay in full the principal of and the accrued interest on all the  outstanding
Notes  at the date of such sale;  or (iii) the Indenture Trustee determines that
the Pledged Revenues would  not be sufficient  on an ongoing  basis to make  all
payments on the Notes as such payments would have become due if such obligations
had  not been declared  due and payable,  and the Indenture  Trustee obtains the
consent of the Holders  of 66 2/3%  of the aggregate  outstanding amount of  the
Notes.  Following a  declaration upon  an Event  of Default  that the  Notes are
immediately due  and  payable,  any  proceeds  of  liquidation  of  the  Pledged
Revenues,  will  be applied  in  the following  order  of priority:  (i)  to the
reimbursement of the Trustee for its  expenses; (ii) to the payment of  interest
and  then principal on the  Class A Notes; (iii) to  the payment of interest and
then principal on the Class  B Notes; (iv) to the  payment of interest and  then
principal  on the Equity Certificates; and (v) the remainder, if any, to payment
of certain amounts payable  in connection with the  Cash Collateral Account  and
thereafter to the Equity Certificateholders.
    
 
    Subject  to the provisions  of the Indenture  relating to the  duties of the
Indenture Trustee,  if  an  Event  of Default  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the
Indenture  Trustee will be under no obligation  to exercise any of the rights or
powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders  of
the  Notes,  if  the  Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes  it  will  not be
adequately indemnified against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which  might
be  incurred by it in complying with such request. Subject to the provisions for
indemnification and  certain  limitations contained  in  the Indenture,  a  Note
Majority  will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding or  any remedy  available to the  Indenture Trustee,  and a  Note
Majority may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto, except a
default  in the payment  of principal or interest  or a default  in respect of a
covenant or  provision of  the Indenture  that cannot  be modified  without  the
waiver or consent of all of the Holders of such outstanding Notes.
 
    No  Holder of a  Note will have  the right to  institute any proceeding with
respect to the  Indenture, unless (i)  such Holder previously  has given to  the
Indenture  Trustee written  notice of  a continuing  Event of  Default, (ii) the
Holders of not less than 25% in  principal amount of the outstanding Notes  have
made  written request of  the Indenture Trustee to  institute such proceeding in
its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered the
Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture  Trustee has for  60
days failed to institute such proceeding, and (v) no direction inconsistent with
such  written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day
period by the  Holders of  a majority in  principal amount  of such  outstanding
Notes.
 
    If  an Event of Default occurs  and is continuing and if  it is known to the
Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice  of
the  Event of Default  within 90 days after  it occurs. Except in  the case of a
failure to pay principal of or interest  on any Note, the Indenture Trustee  may
withhold  the  notice  if  and so  long  as  it determines  in  good  faith that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Noteholders.
 
    In addition, the  Indenture Trustee  and the Noteholders,  by accepting  the
Notes,  will  covenant that  they will  not  at any  time institute  against the
Depositor or the Owner Trust any bankruptcy, reorganization or other  proceeding
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.
 
    Neither  the  Indenture  Trustee nor  the  Owner Trustee  in  its individual
capacity, nor any Holder of a Note including, without limitation, the Depositor,
nor any of their respective owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers,  directors,
employees,  affiliates, successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express
agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the Notes  or
for any agreement or covenant of the Owner Trust contained in the Indenture.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
    The  Indenture will provide that the Owner Trust may not consolidate with or
merge into any other entity, unless (i)  the entity formed by or surviving  such
consolidation  or merger is organized under the laws of the United States or any
state, (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Trust's obligation to make due and
punctual payments upon  the Notes  and the  performance or  observance of  every
agreement
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
   
and  covenant of the Owner Trust under  the Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default
shall  have  occurred  and  be  continuing  immediately  after  such  merger  or
consolidation,  (iv) the Owner Trustee  has been advised that  the rating of the
Notes and  the  Equity Certificates  then  in effect  would  not be  reduced  or
withdrawn  by the Rating Agencies  as a result of  such merger or consolidation,
(v) the Owner Trustee has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such
consolidation or merger would  have no material adverse  tax consequence to  the
Owner Trust or to any Noteholder or Equity Certificateholder, and (vi) the Owner
Trust  or the Person (if other than the Owner Trust) formed by or surviving such
consolidation or merger has a net worth, immediately after such consolidation or
merger, that is (a) greater than zero and (b) not less than the net worth of the
Owner Trust immediately prior to giving effect to such consolidation or merger.
    
 
    The Owner  Trust will  not,  among other  things,  (i) except  as  expressly
permitted  by the Indenture or the  Trust Agreement, sell, transfer, exchange or
otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the Owner Trust, (ii) claim any credit
on or make any deduction from the  principal and interest payable in respect  of
the  related Notes  (other than  amounts withheld  under the  Code or applicable
state law) or  assert any claim  against any  present or former  Holder of  such
Notes  because of the payment of taxes  levied or assessed upon the Owner Trust,
(iii) dissolve or liquidate  in whole or  in part, (iv)  permit the validity  or
effectiveness  of  the Indenture  to  be impaired  or  permit any  person  to be
released from any covenants or obligations  with respect to the Notes under  the
Indenture  except  as  may be  expressly  permitted  thereby, or  (v)  except as
expressly permitted by the  Indenture, the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  or
the  Trust Agreement, permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest,
mortgage or other encumbrance to be created  on or extend to or otherwise  arise
upon  or  burden the  assets of  the Owner  Trust  or any  part thereof,  or any
interest therein or proceeds thereof.
 
    The Owner Trust may not engage in any activity other than as specified under
"The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust." The Owner Trust will not
incur, assume or  guarantee any  indebtedness other  than indebtedness  incurred
pursuant  to the  Notes and  the Indenture or  otherwise in  accordance with the
Indenture, the Trust Agreement and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
 
    The Owner Trust will be required to file annually with the Indenture Trustee
a written  statement  as  to  the  fulfillment  of  its  obligations  under  the
Indenture.
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT
 
    The  Indenture Trustee will be required to mail each year to all Noteholders
a brief report  relating to  its eligibility  and qualification  to continue  as
Indenture  Trustee under the related Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under
the  Indenture,  the  amount,  interest  rate  and  maturity  date  of   certain
indebtedness owing by the Owner Trust to the Indenture Trustee in its individual
capacity,  the property  and funds physically  held by the  Indenture Trustee as
such and any action taken by it  that materially affects the Notes and that  has
not been previously reported.
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
 
    The Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing the
Notes upon the delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all
such Notes or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee
of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of such Notes.
 
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
 
   
    The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank will  be  the Indenture  Trustee.  The Indenture
Trustee may resign at any time, in  which event the Depositor will be  obligated
to  appoint a  successor trustee.  The Depositor  may also  remove the Indenture
Trustee if the Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under
the Indenture,  if the  Indenture Trustee  becomes insolvent  or if  the  rating
assigned  to the long-term  unsecured debt obligations  of the Indenture Trustee
(or the holding company thereof) by  the Rating Agencies shall be lowered  below
the  rating of "BBB", "Baa3" or equivalent  rating or be withdrawn by any Rating
Agency. In such  circumstances, the  Depositor will  be obligated  to appoint  a
successor  trustee.  Any resignation  or removal  of  the Indenture  Trustee and
appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
the appointment by a successor trustee.
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
 
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS AND EQUIPMENT
 
   
    On the Closing Date, the Originators will transfer to the Depositor pursuant
to  the  Purchase  Agreement all  of  their  right, title  and  interest  in the
Contracts and the  related Equipment, including  all security interests  created
thereby and therein, the right to receive all Scheduled Payments and Prepayments
received  on the Contracts on or after the Cut-Off Date (including all Scheduled
Payments due prior to, but not received  as of, the Cut-Off Date, but  excluding
any  Scheduled Payments  due on  or after,  but received  prior to,  the Cut-Off
Date), all rights under insurance policies maintained on the Equipment  pursuant
to the Contracts, all documents contained in the Contract Files and all proceeds
derived  from  any of  the  foregoing. Pursuant  to  the Transfer  and Servicing
Agreement, on the Closing Date, the Depositor will transfer all of the foregoing
(excluding  the  Depositor's  ownership  or  security  interest  in  the  Leased
Equipment,  as well as a portion of  (i) Prepayments received on Lease Contracts
and (ii)  Liquidation  Proceeds received  with  respect to  the  liquidation  of
defaulted  Lease Contracts and the disposition  of the related Leased Equipment,
as described under "The Depositor and  the Owner Trust-- The Depositor," all  of
which will be retained by the Depositor), together with all its rights under the
Purchase Agreement, to the Owner Trust.
    
 
   
    The  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  will  designate  the  Servicer  as
custodian to maintain possession, as the  Owner Trust's agent, of the  Contracts
and   all  documents   related  thereto.   To  facilitate   servicing  and  save
administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other
similar documents that are in TCC's possession. UCC financing statements will be
filed on  the  Closing  Date  in the  applicable  jurisdictions  reflecting  the
transfer of the Contracts and the Equipment by the Originators to the Depositor,
the  transfer by the Depositor  to the Owner Trust, and  the pledge by the Owner
Trust to  the Indenture  Trustee, and  the Originators'  accounting records  and
computer  systems will also  reflect such assignments  and pledge. The Contracts
will not, however, be  stamped or otherwise physically  marked to reflect  their
assignment  to the  Owner Trust. If,  through fraud, negligence  or otherwise, a
subsequent purchaser  were able  to take  physical possession  of the  Contracts
without knowledge of the assignment, the Owner Trust's interest in the Contracts
could  be defeated. See "Risk Factors -- Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts"
and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."
    
 
COLLECTIONS ON CONTRACTS
 
   
    The Indenture Trustee will establish and maintain a Servicing Account,  into
which  the Servicer will  deposit, no later  than the second  Business Day after
receipt thereof, all Scheduled  Payments, Prepayments, Liquidation Proceeds  and
other  amounts received by  the Servicer in  respect of the  Contracts after the
Cut-Off Date. The Servicer will  thereafter transfer to the Collection  Account,
no  later than  the third  Business Day after  deposit thereof  in the Servicing
Account, the following amounts:
    
 
   
       (i) all Scheduled Payments  made by or  on behalf of  Obligors under  the
           Contracts;
    
 
   
       (ii)all  Prepayments,  excluding  any portion  thereof  allocable  to the
           Depositor, as described in clause (ii) of the definition of  "Pledged
    Revenues" under "Description of the Notes -- Distributions";
    
 
   
       (iii)
           all amounts constituting Liquidation Proceeds on Liquidated Contracts
           to  the  extent  allocable  to the  Owner  Trust  as  described under
    "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts";
    
 
   
       (iv)any and  all  payments made  by  TCC  pursuant to  the  Transfer  and
           Servicing  Agreement in connection with the purchase of any Contracts
    as a  result  of a  breach  of a  representation  or warranty  with  respect
    thereto, as described under "The Contracts -- Representations and Warranties
    Made  by  TCC," excluding,  in the  case  of a  Lease Contract,  any portion
    thereof allocable to the Depositor; and
    
 
   
       (v) the amount  paid  by the  Depositor  to purchase  the  Contracts,  as
           described  under "Description  of the  Notes --  Optional Purchase of
    Contracts."
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
   
    So long as  no Event of  Termination shall have  occurred and be  continuing
with  respect to the Servicer, the Servicer  may make the remittances to be made
by it to  the Collection Account  net of  amounts (which amounts  may be  netted
prior  to  any  such  remittance  for  a  Collection  Period)  otherwise  to  be
distributed to it in payment of its Servicing Fee.
    
 
    The Servicer will be  entitled to withdraw from  the Collection Account  any
amounts deposited therein in error or required to be repaid to an Obligor, based
on  the Servicer's  good-faith determination that  such amount  was deposited in
error or must be returned to the Obligor.
 
   
    Under the  Transfer and  Servicing Agreement,  the Servicer  is required  to
establish in its own name one or more "Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts,"
into  which are to  be deposited any payments  made by or  on behalf of Obligors
which constitute  (a) insurance  charges paid  by an  Obligor to  the lessor  or
secured  party under a Contract  (unless such payments are  made directly by the
Obligor to  the applicable  insurance  company, or  TCC  or the  Originator  has
previously  paid such charges), (b) any insurance payments or recoveries paid by
an insurance company or comparable third party and related to the damage to,  or
destruction  of, the Equipment related to such Contract (unless paid directly by
such insurance company or comparable third  party directly to the Obligor),  (c)
any  payments made by or on behalf  of Obligors which constitute amounts paid by
an Obligor to the  lessor or secured  party under a Contract  in respect of  the
maintenance  of the  related Equipment,  and (d) taxes  paid by  the Obligor and
related to the applicable Contract or the Equipment related thereto (unless such
payment is made directly  by the Obligor to  the applicable taxing authority  or
authorities,  or  TCC or  the Originator  has previously  paid such  taxes). The
Servicer is required to withdraw amounts from the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax
Accounts, when and if appropriate, to pay when due (1) all insurance charges  in
the  amounts received under clause (a) above,  (2) any amounts payable under any
applicable maintenance contract or otherwise with respect to the maintenance  of
the  related Equipment in the  amounts received under clause  (c) above, and (3)
all taxes in the amounts received under clause (d) above. Amounts on deposit  in
the  Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts which represent amounts received by
the Servicer pursuant to clause  (b) above shall be  applied by the Servicer  as
follows: if the equipment is purchased to replace the Equipment that was damaged
or  destroyed, and such  replacement equipment is (in  the reasonable opinion of
the Servicer) of comparable use and  equivalent value to the Equipment that  was
damaged  or destroyed, the  Servicer shall release such  amount so received from
the insurance company or comparable third party in payment or reimbursement  for
such  replacement equipment;  and if this  replacement option  is not exercised,
then the Servicer shall treat such  amount as Liquidation Proceeds and  transfer
that  portion  thereof which  would be  allocable  to the  Notes and  the Equity
Certificates  (as  described  in  "Description   of  the  Notes  --   Liquidated
Contracts")  from the Insurance,  Maintenance and Tax  Account to the Collection
Account.
    
 
   
    The Servicer will pay to the Depositor, no later than the third Business Day
after  deposit  thereof  in  the  Servicing  Account,  all  proceeds  from   the
disposition  of  Leased Equipment,  to the  extent  allocable to  the Depositor,
including amounts  paid by  Obligors to  exercise purchase  options under  Lease
Contracts  and the allocable portion of Liquidation Proceeds (as described under
"Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts").
    
 
   
    On or  before  the fifth  Business  Day  preceding each  Payment  Date  (the
"Determination  Date"),  the Servicer  is required  to  determine the  amount of
Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues for such Payment Date, the amount  of
interest  payable on the Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment Date,
the Monthly Principal  Amount for  such Payment Date,  the Principal  Deficiency
Amount  (if any) for  such Payment Date, and  the amount, if  any, by which such
Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues, when applied in accordance with  the
priorities  described  under "Description  of the  Notes --  Distributions," are
insufficient  to  pay  the  interest  payable  on  the  Notes  and  the   Equity
Certificates  on such  Payment Date  (an "Interest  Shortfall"). If  there is an
Interest Shortfall  for such  Payment Date,  Current Collection  Period  Pledged
Revenues  will be applied to the payment of interest on the Notes and the Equity
Certificates to  the  extent necessary  to  cure such  Interest  Shortfall.  The
Servicer  shall further give  notice to the  Indenture Trustee of  amounts to be
withdrawn from the  Cash Collateral Account  to pay (1)  any remaining  Interest
Shortfall  (after giving effect to the previous application of Available Pledged
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
Revenues as aforesaid), (2) the Principal Deficiency Amount (if any), and (3) if
such Payment Date  is the Stated  Maturity Date for  any Class of  Notes or  the
Equity  Certificates, the  remaining unpaid principal  balance of  such Class of
Notes or the Equity Certificates (after giving effect to previous application of
Available Pledged Revenues as aforesaid).
 
SERVICING
 
   
    Pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, TCC will be engaged to act
as Servicer on  behalf of the  Owner Trust  and the Depositor.  The Servicer  is
generally  obligated under the  Transfer and Servicing  Agreement to service the
Contracts in  accordance with  customary and  usual procedures  of  institutions
which  service equipment lease contracts, installment sale contracts, promissory
notes, loan  and security  agreements  and other  similar types  of  receivables
comparable  to the  Contracts and,  to the extent  more exacting,  the degree of
skill and attention that the Servicer  exercises from time to time with  respect
to  all comparable  such contracts  that it  services for  itself or  others. In
performing such duties, so long as TCC  is the Servicer, it shall comply in  all
material  respects with  its credit  and collection  policies and  procedures in
effect from time  to time  (which credit  and collection  policies currently  in
effect  are described under "The  Originators--Underwriting and Servicing"). The
Servicer may delegate certain of its servicing responsibilities with respect  to
the Contracts to third parties, provided that the Servicer will remain obligated
to  the Owner  Trust and the  Depositor for  the proper performance  of all such
servicing responsibilities.
    
 
   
    The Servicer  is generally  obligated to  act in  a commercially  reasonable
manner with respect to the repossession and disposition of Equipment following a
Contract  default with a view  to realizing proceeds at  least equal to the fair
market value thereof. The Servicer may, in its discretion, choose to dispose  of
Equipment through a new lease or in some other manner which provides for payment
for the Equipment over time. In any such event, the Servicer will be required to
pay  from its own funds an amount which, in its reasonable judgment, is equal to
the fair  market  value  of  such  Equipment  (less  any  related  out-of-pocket
liquidation  expenses),  and  the  Servicer will  be  entitled  to  all payments
received thereafter in respect  of such Equipment. Any  such amounts so paid  by
the  Servicer will be deemed to  constitute additional Liquidation Proceeds with
respect to the related Contract and Equipment and will be allocated as described
under "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts."
    
 
    Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is responsible for,
among other  things:  reviewing  and  certifying that  the  Contract  Files  are
complete;  monitoring and tracking  any property and  sales taxes to  be paid by
Obligors;  billing,  collection  and   recording  of  payments  from   Obligors;
communicating  with and providing billing records  to Obligors; deposit of funds
into the Collection Account;  receiving payments as the  Owner Trust's agent  on
the  insurance  policies  maintained  by  the  Obligors  and  communicating with
insurers with  respect thereto;  issuance of  reports to  the Indenture  Trustee
specified  in  the  Indenture  and  in  the  Transfer  and  Servicing Agreement;
repossession and remarketing of Equipment following Obligor defaults; and paying
the fees and ordinary expenses of the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee.
 
   
    The Servicer  shall, to  the extent  the proceeds  of such  liquidation  are
sufficient  therefor,  be  entitled  to  recover  all  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by it in the  course of liquidating a Contract, which  amounts
may  be  retained by  the  Servicer from  such proceeds  to  the extent  of such
expenses. The Servicer is entitled under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to
retain, from  liquidation  proceeds,  a reserve  for  out-of-pocket  liquidation
expenses  in an amount equal  to such expenses, in  addition to those previously
incurred, as it reasonably estimates will  be incurred. Upon completion of  such
liquidation,  the  remainder of  any such  reserve,  after reimbursement  to the
Servicer of all out-of-pocket liquidation expenses, shall constitute Liquidation
Proceeds and be deposited in the Collection Account.
    
 
   
    Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer, subject to certain
limitations,  is  permitted  to  grant  payment  extensions  on  a  Contract  in
accordance  with  its  credit  and collection  policies  and  procedures  if the
Servicer believes in  good faith  that such extension  is necessary  to avoid  a
default  on such  Contract and will  maximize the  amount to be  received by the
Owner Trust with respect to such
    
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
   
Contract. Under the Transfer and  Servicing Agreement, the Servicer, subject  to
certain  limitations, is  permitted to  grant modifications  or amendments  to a
Contract in accordance with its credit and collection policies and procedures.
    
 
   
    PREPAYMENTS.  The Servicer may in  its discretion allow a Prepayment of  any
Lease  Contract, but only if the amount paid by or on behalf of the Obligor (or,
in the case of a  partial Prepayment, the sum of  such amount and the  remaining
Contract  Principal  Balance of  the Lease  Contract  after application  of such
amount) is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount of such Lease  Contract.
To  the extent  any Prepayment  exceeds the  Required Payoff  Amount of  a Lease
Contract, such excess will be paid to the Depositor.
    
 
    EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE.  On or before March 31 of each year, the Servicer
must deliver  to the  Indenture  Trustee a  report  of a  nationally  recognized
accounting  firm  stating  that such  firm  has examined  certain  documents and
records relating to the servicing of equipment leases and loans serviced by  the
Servicer  and stating that, on the basis  of such procedures, such servicing has
been conducted in compliance with  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement,  except
for any exceptions set forth in such report.
 
    CERTAIN  MATTERS REGARDING THE  SERVICER.  The Servicer  may not resign from
its obligations  under  the  Transfer  and Servicing  Agreement  except  upon  a
determination  that  its  duties  thereunder  are  no  longer  permissible under
applicable law.  No such  resignation will  become effective  until a  successor
servicer  has assumed the  Servicer's obligations and  duties under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement. The Servicer can  be removed as Servicer only upon  the
occurrence of an Event of Termination as discussed below.
 
    The  Servicer must  keep in  place throughout the  term of  the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement (i) a  policy or policies of  insurance covering errors  and
omissions by the Servicer, and (ii) a fidelity bond. Such policy or policies and
such  fidelity bond shall be  in such form and  amount as is generally customary
among persons that  service a  portfolio of  equipment leases  having an  unpaid
balance  of at least $100 million and  which are generally regarded as servicers
acceptable to institutional investors.
 
   
    SERVICING COMPENSATION  AND  PAYMENT  OF  EXPENSES.    Compensation  to  the
Servicer will include a monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee"), which will be payable
to  the Servicer from  the Amount Available  on each Payment  Date, in an amount
equal to the product of one-twelfth of    % per annum multiplied by the Contract
Pool Principal Balance  as of the  last day of  the second preceding  Collection
Period  (or, in  the case of  the Servicing  Fee with respect  to the Collection
Period commencing on the Cut-Off Date, the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of
the Cut-Off  Date), plus  any late  fees, late  payment interest,  documentation
fees, insurance administration charges and other administrative fees and charges
and  a portion of  any extension fees  (collectively, the "Administrative Fees")
collected with respect to the Contracts  during the prior Collection Period  and
any  investment  earnings  on  collections  prior  to  deposit  thereof  in  the
Collection Account. Up to     % of such    %  Servicing Fee will be used by  the
Servicer  to pay certain expenses relating to the Contracts and the Owner Trust.
The Servicer is authorized  under the Transfer and  Servicing Agreement, in  its
discretion,  to  waive any  Administrative Fees  or extension  fees that  may be
collected in the ordinary course of servicing any Contract.
    
 
   
    EVENTS OF  TERMINATION.   An Event  of Termination  under the  Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreement will occur if (a) the Servicer fails to make any payment or
deposit required under  the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  and such  failure
continues  for  five business  days (or  three business  days in  the case  of a
failure by  TCC to  pay the  amount necessary  to purchase  a Contract  and  the
related Equipment due to a breach of representations and warranties with respect
thereto)  after  notice from  the Indenture  Trustee or  after discovery  by the
Servicer; (b) the  Servicer fails to  deliver to the  Indenture Trustee and  the
Owner  Trustee the Servicer's Certificate by the third Business Day prior to the
related Payment  Date; (c)  the Servicer  fails  to observe  or perform  in  any
material  respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth in
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement (and, if TCC is the Servicer, the  Purchase
Agreement),  and such failure (i) materially and adversely affects the rights of
the Owner Trust,  Noteholders or Equity  Certificateholders, and (ii)  continues
unremedied for 30 days after written notice thereof has
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
   
been  given to the Servicer  by the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee or any
Certificateholder or Noteholder; (d) certain events of bankruptcy or  insolvency
occur  with  respect to  the Servicer;  or (e)  any representation,  warranty or
statement of the Servicer  made in the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement or  any
certificate,  report or  other writing delivered  pursuant thereto  proves to be
incorrect in any  material respect, and  such incorrectness (i)  has a  material
adverse effect on the Owner Trust, Noteholders or Equity Certificateholders, and
(ii)  continues uncured for 30 days after  written notice thereof has been given
to  the  Servicer  by   the  Owner  Trustee,  the   Indenture  Trustee  or   any
Certificateholder or Noteholder. The Servicer is required under the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreement to give  the Indenture Trustee, the  Owner Trustee and each
Rating Agency notice of an Event  of Termination promptly after having  obtained
knowledge of such event.
    
 
   
    Federal  bankruptcy laws limit the termination of contracts solely by reason
of the fact that the party obligated  to provide such performance is subject  to
federal  bankruptcy proceedings. In  such a circumstance,  the Indenture Trustee
may be  unable  to terminate  the  Servicer  unless it  could  demonstrate  that
independent  grounds (whether  or not  arising from  the same  facts causing the
Servicer to be subject to bankruptcy  proceedings) exist to declare an Event  of
Termination  and the court supervising the bankruptcy proceeding determines that
such grounds warrant termination of the Servicer.
    
 
   
    RIGHTS UPON  EVENT OF  TERMINATION.   So  long as  an Event  of  Termination
remains  unremedied, the Indenture Trustee may,  and at the written direction of
(i) a  Note  Majority,  or  (ii)  at  such time  as  the  Notes  are  no  longer
Outstanding,  Equity Certificateholders representing a majority of the aggregate
principal balance of the Equity Certificates (an "Equity Certificate  Majority")
shall,  terminate all of  the rights and  obligations of the  Servicer under the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement in and to the Contracts, whereupon a  successor
servicer (which, unless and until the Indenture Trustee appoints a new servicer,
will  be the Indenture Trustee) will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties
and liabilities of the Servicer under  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement  and
will  be entitled to similar  compensation arrangements; provided, however, that
any successor  servicer will  not assume  any obligation  of TCC  to  repurchase
Contracts  for  breaches of  representations and  warranties, and  any successor
servicer will not  be liable for  any acts  or omissions of  the prior  Servicer
occurring  prior to a transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related functions
or for any breach by  such Servicer of any of  its obligations contained in  the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
    
 
   
    A Note Majority (or, at such time as the Notes are no longer Outstanding, an
Equity  Certificate  Majority) may  waive  any default  by  the Servicer  in the
performance of its obligations  under the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  and
its  consequences. Upon any  such waiver of  a past default,  such default shall
cease to exist, and any Event  of Termination arising therefrom shall be  deemed
to  have been remedied. No  such waiver shall extend  to any subsequent or other
default or impair any right consequent thereon.
    
 
AMENDMENT
 
   
    The Transfer and Servicing Agreement may  be amended by the parties  thereto
(i)  to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to  correct or supplement any provision therein
that may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or (iii) to make  any
other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Transfer
and  Servicing Agreement that are not  inconsistent with the provisions thereof,
provided that such action will not adversely affect in any material respect  the
interests  of the Noteholders or the Equity Certificateholders. The Transfer and
Servicing Agreement may also be amended by the parties thereto with the  consent
of  a Note Majority and an Equity Certificate Majority for the purpose of adding
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights
of the Noteholders or the holders of the Equity Certificates; provided, however,
that no  such  amendment (a)  that  reduces in  any  manner the  amount  of,  or
accelerates  or delays the timing of, any payment received on or with respect to
Contracts that are required to be distributed on any Note or Equity  Certificate
or  that  reduces  the aforesaid  percentage  required  to consent  to  any such
amendment or any waiver under the Transfer and Servicing
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
   
Agreement, may be effective without the consent of the Holder of each such  Note
and  Equity  Certificate, or  (b) will  be effective  unless each  Rating Agency
confirms that such amendment  will not result in  a reduction, qualification  or
withdrawal of the ratings on the Notes and the Equity Certificates.
    
 
TERMINATION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
 
   
    The  obligations  created  by  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement will
terminate (after  distribution  of  all  interest  and  principal  then  due  to
Noteholders  and the  holders of  the Certificates)  on the  earlier of  (i) the
Payment Date next succeeding the later of the final payment or other liquidation
of the  last  Contract  or  the  disposition  of  all  Equipment  acquired  upon
termination  of any  Contract; or  (b) the Payment  Date on  which the Depositor
repurchases the  Contracts  as described  under  "Description of  the  Notes  --
Optional  Purchase of Contracts." However, TCC's representations, warranties and
indemnities  will  survive  any  termination  of  the  Transfer  and   Servicing
Agreement.
    
 
                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
 
ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE EQUIPMENT
 
   
    Due  to the  administrative burden  and expense,  no assignments  of the UCC
financing statements evidencing the security interest of the Originators in  the
Equipment  (to the extent that such financing statements have been filed against
the   Obligor,   as   discussed   under   "The   Originator--Underwriting    and
Servicing--Documentation")  will be filed to  reflect the Depositor's, the Owner
Trust's and the  Indenture Trustee's  interests therein. While  failure to  file
such  assignments does  not affect the  Owner Trust's interest  in the Contracts
(including the related Originator's interest in the related Equipment), it  does
expose the Owner Trust and the Noteholders to the risk that the Originator could
release  its  security  interest  in  the  Equipment  of  record,  and  it could
complicate the  Owner  Trust's enforcement,  as  assignee, of  the  Originator's
security  interest in  the Equipment.  While these  risks should  not affect the
perfection or priority of the interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Contracts
or rights to  payment thereunder,  they may adversely  affect the  right of  the
Indenture Trustee to receive proceeds of disposition of the Equipment subject to
a Liquidated Contract, which are to be allocated to the payment of the Notes and
the Equity Certificates as described under "Description of the Notes--Liquidated
Contracts."  Additionally, statutory liens for repairs or unpaid taxes and other
liens arising by operation  of law may have  priority even over prior  perfected
security interests assigned to the Indenture Trustee in the Equipment.
    
 
   
    In  the event of a default  by the Obligor under a  Loan Contract or a Lease
Contract intended for security,  the Servicer on behalf  of the Owner Trust  and
the  Depositor  may take  action  to enforce  the  Originator's interest  in the
related Equipment by repossession and resale or re-lease of the Equipment. Under
the UCC in  most states, a  creditor can,  without prior notice  to the  debtor,
repossess  assets  securing  a  defaulted contract  by  the  Obligor's voluntary
surrender, or by "self-help" repossession that does not involve a breach of  the
peace  and by judicial process. In the  event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the
Obligor these remedies may require the  permission of a bankruptcy court or  may
otherwise not be immediately available. See "-- Insolvency Matters" below.
    
 
   
    In  the event of a default  by the Obligor under a  Loan Contract or a Lease
Contract intended for security, some  jurisdictions require that the Obligor  be
notified  of the default and be given a time period within which it may cure the
default prior to  repossession. Generally,  this right of  reinstatement may  be
exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year period.
    
 
    The  UCC  and other  state laws  place  restrictions on  repossession sales,
including requirements that the secured party provide the debtor with reasonable
notice of the  date, time and  place of any  public sale and/or  the date  after
which  any private sale of the collateral may  be held and that any such sale be
conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.
 
   
    Under most state laws, an Obligor under a Loan Contract or a Lease  Contract
intended  for security  has the right  to redeem collateral  for its obligations
prior to actual sale by paying the lessor or secured
    
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
party the  unpaid  balance  of  the  obligation  plus  reasonable  expenses  for
repossessing, holding and preparing the collateral for disposition and arranging
for  its sale, plus, to the extent provided  for in the written agreement of the
parties, reasonable attorneys' fees.
 
   
    In addition, because the  market value of equipment  of the type subject  to
the  Contracts  generally  declines  with  age,  due  to  obsolescence,  the net
disposition proceeds of Equipment at any  time during the term of the  Contracts
may  not equal or exceed the Contract Principal Balance on the related Contract.
Because of this, and because other creditors may in certain cases have rights in
the related Equipment superior to those of the Owner Trust, the Servicer may not
be able to recover the  entire amount due on a  defaulted Contract in the  event
that the Servicer elects to repossess and dispose of such Equipment at any time.
    
 
   
    Under  the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency judgment from  an Obligor under a  Loan Contract or a  Lease
Contract  intended for security for any deficiency on repossession and resale of
the asset securing the unpaid balance of such Obligor's Contract. However,  some
states  impose  prohibitions or  limitations  on deficiency  judgments.  In most
jurisdictions, the courts, in interpreting the UCC, would impose upon a creditor
an obligation to repossess the equipment in a commercially reasonable manner and
to "mitigate damages" in the  event of an Obligor's  failure to cure a  default.
The  creditor  would  be required  to  exercise reasonable  judgment  and follow
acceptable commercial practice in seizing,  selling or re-leasing the  equipment
and  to  offset the  net  proceeds of  such  disposition against  its  claim. In
addition, an Obligor may successfully invoke an election of remedies defense  to
a deficiency claim in the event that the Servicer's repossession and sale of the
Equipment  is found to be  a retention discharging the  Obligor from all further
obligations under the UCC. If a  deficiency judgment were granted, the  judgment
would  be  a personal  judgment against  the  Obligor for  the shortfall,  but a
defaulting Obligor  may  have limited  assets  or sources  of  income  available
following repossession. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a
deficiency  judgment or, if one is obtained,  it may be settled at a significant
discount.
    
 
   
    Many states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC ("Article  2A").
Article  2A purports to codify many  provisions of existing common law. Although
there  is  little  precedental  authority  regarding  how  Article  2A  will  be
interpreted,   it  may,  among   other  things,  limit   enforceability  of  any
"unconscionable" provision in a Lease Contract, provide an Obligor with remedies
including the  right to  cancel the  Lease  Contract for  any lessor  breach  or
default,  and may  add to or  modify the  terms of "consumer  leases" and leases
where the Obligor is a "merchant lessee." However, each Lease Contract  contains
an  acknowledgement by the Obligor that  the Equipment was acquired for business
purposes, and  TCC  will represent  in  the  Purchase Agreement  that  no  Lease
Contract  is  a  "consumer  lease"  under  Article  2A.  Article  2A,  moreover,
recognizes typical commercial lease "hell or high water" rental payment  clauses
and validates reasonable liquidated damages provisions in the event of lessor or
Obligor  defaults. Article 2A also recognizes the concept of freedom of contract
and permits  the  parties  in a  commercial  context  a wide  latitude  to  vary
provisions of the law.
    
 
INSOLVENCY MATTERS
 
    Certain  statutory provisions,  including federal  and state  bankruptcy and
insolvency laws, may  also limit the  ability of the  Servicer to repossess  and
resell  or re-lease Equipment or  obtain a deficiency judgment.  In the event of
the bankruptcy  or  reorganization of  an  Obligor, various  provisions  of  the
Bankruptcy  Code of 1978 (the "Bankruptcy  Code") and related laws may interfere
with or  eliminate the  ability of  the Servicer  to enforce  the Owner  Trust's
rights   under  the   Contracts.  For   example,  although   the  bankruptcy  or
reorganization of an  Obligor would constitute  an event of  default under  such
Contract,  the Bankruptcy  Code provides  generally that  rights and obligations
under an  unexpired lease  or an  executory contract  may not  be terminated  or
modified  solely  because of  a  provision in  the  lease or  executory contract
conditioned upon  the commencement  of  a case  under  the Bankruptcy  Code.  If
bankruptcy  proceedings were  instituted in respect  of an Obligor  under such a
Contract, the Owner Trust could be prevented from continuing to collect payments
due from or on behalf of such Obligor or exercising any remedies assigned to the
Owner Trust without the approval of the bankruptcy court, and, with respect to a
Loan Contract or  a Lease Contract  intended as security,  the bankruptcy  court
could permit the Obligor,
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
as  owner of the Equipment,  to use or dispose of  the Equipment and provide the
Owner Trust with a lien on substitute collateral, so long as the court held that
such substitute collateral constituted "adequate protection" within the  meaning
of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
   
    In  the  case of  a Lease  Contract that  is  deemed not  to be  intended as
security,  the  Bankruptcy  Code  grants  to  the  bankruptcy  trustee  or   the
debtor-in-possession a right to elect to assume or reject any executory contract
or  unexpired lease. Any such rejection by the lessee would result in the return
of the leased equipment to the lessor. Any rejection of such a lease or contract
constitutes a  breach of  such lease  or contract,  entitling the  non-breaching
party  to a claim for breach of contract, which claim would be payable only from
the assets  of  the  debtor's  bankruptcy estate.  The  net  proceeds  from  any
resulting  judgment would be  allocated by the Servicer  between the Owner Trust
and the Depositor  as described under  "Description of the  Notes --  Liquidated
Contracts."
    
 
    In  the event that,  as a result  of the bankruptcy  or reorganization of an
Obligor, the related Contract becomes a defaulted Contract, the amount available
to be withdrawn from, or drawn on, the Cash Collateral Account has been  reduced
to  zero and the Contract has become  a defaulted Contract without breach of any
representation or  warranty  of TCC  or  the  Depositor, no  recourse  would  be
available   against  TCC  or  the  Depositor  and  the  Noteholders  and  Equity
Certificateholders could suffer a loss with respect to such Contract.
 
    These UCC and bankruptcy provisions, in addition to the possible decrease in
the value of a repossessed item of  Equipment, may limit the amount realized  on
the  sale  of Equipment  securing  the Contracts  to  less than  the  amount due
thereunder.
 
                             UNITED STATES TAXATION
 
    The following  discussion is  a  summary of  certain United  States  federal
income tax considerations relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the  Notes  by  the  holders  thereof. Dorsey  &  Whitney  LLP,  counsel  to the
Depositor, and  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft,  counsel  to  the  Underwriters
(collectively,  "Counsel"), are each delivering  their opinion regarding certain
federal income tax matters discussed below. The opinions of Counsel address only
those issues specifically identified  below as being  covered by such  opinions;
however,  the opinions of Counsel also  state that the additional discussion set
forth below accurately sets forth Counsel's advice with respect to material  tax
issues.  The opinions of Counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service
(the "IRS"). There can be no assurance that the IRS will take a similar view  of
such issues, and no assurance can be given that the opinions of Counsel would be
sustained  if challenged by  the IRS. No  ruling on any  of the issues discussed
below will be sought from the IRS.
 
    This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential
federal  income  tax  consequences  relating  to  the  purchase,  ownership  and
disposition  of the Notes. Moreover, the discussion does not address all aspects
of taxation that  may be  relevant to particular  purchasers in  light of  their
individual  circumstances (including the  effect of any  foreign, state or local
tax laws) or to  certain types of purchasers  (including dealers in  securities,
insurance  companies, financial institutions and tax-exempt entities) subject to
special treatment under United  States federal income  tax laws. The  discussion
below assumes that the Notes are held as capital assets.
 
   
    The  discussion of  the United  States federal  income tax  consequences set
forth below is based upon currently existing provisions of the Internal  Revenue
Code  of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"), judicial  decisions and administrative
interpretations, all  of which  are  subject to  change,  which changes  may  be
retroactive.  Because  individual  circumstances  may  differ,  each prospective
purchaser of the Notes  is strongly urged  to consult its  own tax advisor  with
respect to its particular tax situation and the tax effects of any state, local,
foreign, or other tax laws and possible changes in the tax laws.
    
 
    As  used herein, the term "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner of
a Note who or which is for United States federal income tax purposes either  (i)
a  citizen or resident of the United  States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or
other entity created or organized in or  under the laws of the United States  or
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
   
of  any political subdivision  thereof, (iii) an  estate the income  of which is
subject to United  States federal income  taxation regardless of  its source  or
(iv)  a trust, (A) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996 (or after
August 20, 1996, if the trustee  has made an applicable election), with  respect
to  which  a  court  within  the  United  States  is  able  to  exercise primary
supervision over its administration, and  one or more United States  fiduciaries
have  the  authority  to  control  all  of  its  substantial  decisions,  or (B)
otherwise, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax  regardless
of  its source.  The term  also includes certain  former citizens  of the United
States whose income  and gain  on the  Notes will  be subject  to United  States
taxation.  As  used  herein,  the  term "United  States  Alien  Holder"  means a
beneficial owner of a Note that is not a United States Holder.
    
 
TREATMENT OF THE NOTES
 
    In the opinion  of Counsel, the  Notes will be  treated as indebtedness  for
United  States federal income tax purposes. Under the terms of the Notes and the
Indenture, each  Noteholder agrees  and acknowledges  upon its  purchase of  the
Notes  and by  acceptance of  the Notes  that it  will also  treat the  Notes as
indebtedness for such purposes.
 
TREATMENT OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
   
    In the opinion of Counsel, the Owner  Trust will not be characterized as  an
"association"  or  "publicly traded  partnership" taxable  as a  corporation for
United States federal income  tax purposes. If the  Owner Trust were treated  as
either an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation,
the  resulting entity would be subject to  federal income taxes at corporate tax
rates on its taxable income generated by ownership of the Contracts, and certain
distributions by the entity  would not be deductible  in computing the  entity's
taxable  income. Such an entity-level tax  could result in reduced distributions
to Noteholders.
    
 
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
 
    Interest paid on a Note will generally be taxable to a United States  Holder
as  ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is received in accordance
with the United  States Holder's  method of  accounting for  federal income  tax
purposes.
 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
 
   
    Under applicable regulations, a Note will be considered issued with original
issue  discount ("OID") if the "stated redemption price at maturity" of the Note
(generally equal to its  principal amount as  of the date  of issuance plus  all
interest other than "qualified stated interest" payable prior to or at maturity)
exceeds  the original issue price  (in this case, the  initial offering price at
which a substantial amount of the Notes  are sold to the public). Any OID  would
be considered DE MINIMIS under the regulations if it does not exceed .25% of the
stated  redemption price at maturity of a  Note multiplied by the number of full
years until its maturity date or, in the case of the Notes which have more  than
one  principal payment,  the weighted average  maturity date.  It is anticipated
that the Notes  will not be  considered issued  with more than  DE MINIMIS  OID.
Under the OID regulations, a holder of a Note issued with a DE MINIMIS amount of
OID  must  include an  allocable  portion of  such  OID in  income  as principal
payments are made on the Note.
    
 
   
    While it is not anticipated that the Notes will be issued with more than  DE
MINIMIS OID, it is possible that they will be so issued. If the Notes are issued
with  more than DE  MINIMIS OID, such OID  would be includible  in the income of
Noteholders as  interest over  the term  of  the Notes  under a  constant  yield
method.  Any amount included in income as  OID would not, however, be includible
again when the amount is actually received. If the yield on a class of Notes  is
not   materially  different  from  its  coupon,  this  treatment  will  have  no
significant effect on Noteholders using  the accrual method of accounting.  Cash
method  Noteholders, however, may  be required to report  income with respect to
Notes issued with OID  in advance of  the receipt of  cash attributable to  such
income.  Each Noteholder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the impact
of the OID rules if the Notes are  issued with OID and the consequences to  such
holder  as a result  of special rules in  the Code which  are applicable to debt
instruments whose principal payments may be accelerated by reason of prepayments
of other obligations securing such debt instruments.
    
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
MARKET DISCOUNT
 
   
    If a United States Holder purchases a Note at a price that is less than  its
remaining  principal  amount or,  in the  case of  a Note  issued with  OID, its
adjusted issue  price, by  0.25%  or more  of  its remaining  redemption  amount
multiplied by the number of whole years to maturity, the Note will be considered
to  bear "market discount"  in the hands  of such United  States Holder. In such
case, principal payments received by the United States Holder, or gain  realized
by  the United States Holder  on the disposition of  the Note, generally will be
treated as ordinary interest  income to the extent  of the market discount  that
accrued  on the Note  while held by such  United States Holder  and that has not
previously been  included in  income.  Market discount  generally accrues  on  a
straight-line  basis  over the  remaining term  of  a Note  except that,  at the
election of the United States Holder,  market discount may accrue on a  constant
yield basis. A United States Holder may not be allowed to deduct immediately all
or  a portion of the interest expense  on any indebtedness incurred or continued
to purchase or to carry such Note.  A United States Holder may elect to  include
market  discount in  income currently as  it accrues (either  on a straight-line
basis or, if the United States Holder so elects, on a constant yield basis),  in
which  case the interest deferral rule set  forth in the preceding sentence will
not apply. Such  an election  will apply  to all  bonds acquired  by the  United
States  Holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which such
election applies and may be revoked only  with the consent of the IRS. A  United
States  Holder may not be allowed to deduct  immediately all or a portion of the
interest expense  on  any  indebtedness incurred  or  continued,  or  short-sale
expenses  incurred, to purchase or carry such  a Note; provided, that, if such a
Noteholder elected to include market discount in income currently as it accrues,
the foregoing deferral rule will not apply.
    
 
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
 
   
    If a United States  Holder purchases a  Note for an  amount that is  greater
than  the amount  payable at  maturity, such holder  will be  considered to have
purchased such Note  with "amortizable  bond premium"  equal in  amount to  such
excess,  and  may  elect  (in accordance  with  applicable  Code  provisions) to
amortize such premium using a constant  yield method over the remaining term  of
the Note. The amount amortized in any year will be treated as a reduction of the
United  States Holder's  interest income  from the Note  in such  year. A United
States Holder that elects to amortize bond premium must reduce its tax basis  in
the  Note by  the amount of  the premium amortized  in any year.  An election to
amortize bond premium  applies to  all taxable  debt obligations  then owned  or
thereafter acquired by the United States Holder and may be revoked only with the
consent of the IRS.
    
 
SALE, EXCHANGE OR RETIREMENT OF NOTES
 
   
    Upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a Note, a United States Holder will
recognize  taxable  gain or  loss  equal to  the  difference between  the amount
realized  on  the  sale,  exchange  or  retirement  (not  including  any  amount
attributable  to accrued  but unpaid  interest) and  such holder's  adjusted tax
basis in the Note.  To the extent attributable  to accrued but unpaid  interest,
the  amount realized by a United States Holder  would be treated as a payment of
interest. A United States Holder's adjusted tax  basis in a Note will equal  the
cost  of the Note to such holder, increased  by the amount of any OID and market
discount previously included in income by such holder with respect to such  Note
and reduced by any amortized bond premium and any principal payments received by
such holder.
    
 
    Subject to the discussion of market discount above, gain or loss realized on
the  sale, exchange or  retirement of a Note  by a United  States Holder will be
capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the  time
of  the sale, exchange  or retirement the Note  has been held  for more than one
year. The excess  of net  long-term capital  gains over  net short-term  capital
losses  is taxed at a lower rate  than ordinary income for certain non-corporate
taxpayers, but not for corporate taxpayers. The distinction between capital gain
or loss and  ordinary income or  loss is  also relevant for  purposes of,  among
other things, limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO UNITED STATES ALIEN HOLDERS
 
    Under  present United States federal income  and estate tax law, and subject
to the discussion below concerning backup withholding:
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
       (a) payments of principal of and interest on the Notes by the Trustee  or
           any  paying agent to  a beneficial owner  of a Note  that is a United
    States Alien Holder, as defined above, will not be subject to United  States
    federal  withholding tax, provided  that, in the case  of interest, (i) such
    holder does not own, actually or  constructively, 10 percent or more of  the
    total  combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Depositor or TCC
    entitled to vote, (ii) such holder is not, for United States federal  income
    tax   purposes,  a  controlled  foreign  corporation  related,  directly  or
    indirectly, to  the Depositor  or TCC  through stock  ownership, (iii)  such
    holder is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of
    the  Code, and (iv)  the certification requirements  under Section 871(h) or
    Section 881(c) of the Code  and Treasury regulations thereunder  (summarized
    below) are met;
 
       (b) a  United States Alien Holder of a Note will not be subject to United
           States federal income tax on gain  realized on the sale, exchange  or
    other  disposition of such Note, unless (i) such holder is an individual who
    is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year  of
    sale,  exchange or other disposition, and certain conditions are met or (ii)
    such gain is  effectively connected  with the conduct  by such  holder of  a
    trade or business in the United States; and
 
   
       (c) a  Note held by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the
           United States at the time of his death will not be subject to  United
    States  federal estate tax as a  result of such individual's death, provided
    that, at the time of such  individual's death, the individual does not  own,
    actually  or constructively, 10 percent or more of the total combined voting
    power of all classes of stock of  the Depositor or TCC entitled to vote  and
    payments with respect to such Note would not have been effectively connected
    to  the conduct  by such  individual of  a trade  or business  in the United
    States.
    
 
    Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of  the Code and Treasury Regulations  thereunder
require that, in order to obtain the exemption from withholding tax described in
paragraph  (a) above,  either (i)  the beneficial owner  of a  Note must certify
under penalties of perjury to the Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as  the
case  may be, that such  owner is a United States  Alien Holder and must provide
such owner's name and address, and United States taxpayer identification number,
if any, or  (ii) a  securities clearing  organization, bank  or other  financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or  business (a  "Financial Institution")  and holds the  Note on  behalf of the
beneficial owner  thereof  must  certify  under  penalties  of  perjury  to  the
Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as the case may be, that such certificate
has  been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a Financial Institution
between it  and  the beneficial  owner  and must  furnish  the payor  with  copy
thereof.  A  certificate  described in  this  paragraph is  effective  only with
respect to  payments of  interest made  to the  certifying United  States  Alien
Holder  after issuance of the Notes in the calendar year of its issuance and the
two  immediately  succeeding  calendar  years.  Under  temporary  United  States
Treasury Regulations, such requirement will be fulfilled if the beneficial owner
of  a Note certifies on IRS  Form W-8, under penalties of  perjury, that it is a
United States Alien Holder and provides its name and address, and any  Financial
Institution holding the Note on behalf of the beneficial owner files a statement
with  the withholding agent to the effect  that it has received such a statement
from the  beneficial owner  (and furnishes  the withholding  agent with  a  copy
thereof).
 
    If  a United States Alien Holder of a Note is engaged in a trade or business
in the United States, and if interest on the Note, or gain realized on the sale,
exchange or other  disposition of the  Note, is effectively  connected with  the
conduct  of such  trade or  business, the  United States  Alien Holder, although
exempt from United States withholding tax, will generally be subject to  regular
United  States income tax on such  interest or gain in the  same manner as if it
were a  United  States Holder.  In  lieu of  the  certificate described  in  the
preceding paragraph, such a holder will be required to provide to the Trustee or
the paying agent, as the case may be, a properly executed IRS Form 4224 in order
to  claim an exemption from withholding tax.  In addition, if such United States
Alien Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax
equal to  30% (or  such lower  rate provided  by an  applicable treaty)  of  its
effectively  connected earnings  and profits  for the  taxable year,  subject to
certain adjustments. For purposes of the branch profits tax, interest on and any
gain recognized  on the  sale, exchange  or  other disposition  of a  Note  will
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
be  included in the earnings  and profits of such  United States Alien Holder if
such interest or gain  is effectively connected with  the conduct by the  United
States Alien Holder of a trade or business in the United States.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
    Under current United States federal income tax law, a 31% backup withholding
tax  requirement applies to certain payments of interest on, and the proceeds of
a sale, exchange or redemption of, the Notes.
 
    Backup withholding will generally not apply with respect to payments made to
certain exempt recipients such as corporations or other tax-exempt entities.  In
the  case of a non-corporate United States Holder, backup withholding will apply
only if such  holder (i)  fails to  furnish its  taxpayer identification  number
("TIN")  which, for  an individual,  would be  his social  security number, (ii)
furnishes an incorrect TIN, (iii) is notified  by the IRS that it has failed  to
report  properly  payments  of  interest and  dividends  or  (iv)  under certain
circumstances, fails to certify under penalties of perjury that it has furnished
a correct TIN and has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to  backup
withholding for failure to report interest and dividend payments.
 
   
    In  the  case  of  a  United States  Alien  Holder,  under  current Treasury
Regulations, backup withholding will not apply to payments made by the Indenture
Trustee or any paying agent  thereof on a Note if  such holder has provided  the
required  certificate under penalties of perjury that  it is not a United States
Holder (as defined above) or has otherwise established an exemption, provided in
each case that the Indenture Trustee or  such paying agent, as the case may  be,
does not have actual knowledge that the payee is a United States Holder.
    
 
    Under  current Treasury Regulations,  if payments on  a Note are  made to or
through a foreign office of a custodian, nominee or other agent acting on behalf
of a beneficial owner of a Note, such custodian, nominee or other agent will not
be required to apply backup withholding to such payments made to such beneficial
owner.
 
    Under current Treasury Regulations, payments on the sale, exchange or  other
disposition  of a Note made to or through a foreign office of a broker generally
will not be  subject to backup  withholding. Payments to  or through the  United
States  office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and information
reporting unless the holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is  not
a  United States Holder and  that certain other conditions  are met or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
 
    Holders of Notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the application
of backup withholding  in their  particular situations, the  availability of  an
exemption  therefrom  and  the procedure  for  obtaining such  an  exemption, if
available. Any amounts withheld from payment under the backup withholding  rules
will  be allowed as a credit against a holder's United States federal income tax
liability and may entitle  such holder to a  refund, provided that the  required
information is furnished to the IRS.
 
    THE  FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL  INFORMATION AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE.
ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER SHOULD  CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR  AS
TO  THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER, INCLUDING THE
APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN INCOME TAX LAWS AND  ANY
RECENT OR POSSIBLE CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
    Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA"), and/or
Section  4975 of the Code, prohibits a pension, profit-sharing or other employee
benefit plan, as  well as individual  retirement accounts and  certain types  of
Keogh  Plans (each a "Benefit Plan")  from engaging in certain transactions with
persons that are  "parties in  interest" under ERISA  or "disqualified  persons"
under  the  Code  with  respect  to such  Benefit  Plan.  A  violation  of these
"prohibited transaction" rules may  result in an excise  tax or other  penalties
and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons. Title I of ERISA also
requires  that fiduciaries of  a Benefit Plan subject  to ERISA make investments
that are prudent, diversified (except if prudent not to do so) and in accordance
with governing plan documents.
 
    Certain transactions  involving the  purchase, holding  or transfer  of  the
Notes  might be deemed to constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and the
Code if assets of the Owner Trust were deemed
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
   
to be assets of a Benefit Plan.  Under a regulation issued by the United  States
Department  of Labor  (the "Plan  Assets Regulation"),  the assets  of the Owner
Trust would be  treated as plan  assets of a  Benefit Plan for  the purposes  of
ERISA and the Code only if the Benefit Plan acquires an "equity interest" in the
Owner  Trust and none of the exceptions  contained in the Plan Assets Regulation
is applicable. An equity interest is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as
an interest  in  an  entity  other  than  an  instrument  which  is  treated  as
indebtedness  under applicable  local law  and which  has no  substantial equity
features. The Plan Assets Regulation also provides that a beneficial interest in
a trust is  an equity  interest. Although  there can  be no  assurances in  this
regard,  it appears that the Notes should be treated as debt without substantial
equity features for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation and that the Notes do
not constitute beneficial interests in the Owner Trust for purposes of the  Plan
Assets  Regulation. However, without regard to  whether the Notes are treated as
an equity interest for such purposes, the acquisition or holding of Notes by  or
on  behalf of a  Benefit Plan could be  considered to give  rise to a prohibited
transaction if the Owner Trust, the  Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee,  or
any  of  their respective  affiliates is  or becomes  a party  in interest  or a
disqualified person with  respect to such  Benefit Plan. In  such case,  certain
exemptions  from the prohibited transaction  rules could be applicable depending
on the  type and  circumstances of  the plan  fiduciary making  the decision  to
acquire  a  Note. Included  among these  exemptions are:  Prohibited Transaction
Class Exemption  ("PTCE") 96-23,  regarding transactions  effected by  "in-house
asset  managers"; PTCE 90-1,  regarding investments by  insurance company pooled
separate accounts;  PTCE 95-60,  regarding transactions  effected by  "insurance
company  general accounts"; PTCE 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective
investment funds; and PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by  "qualified
professional asset managers."
    
 
    Employee  benefit plans that  are governmental plans  (as defined in Section
3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of  ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements.
 
   
    A PLAN FIDUCIARY CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF ANY OF THE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT
ITS  TAX AND/OR LEGAL ADVISORS  REGARDING WHETHER THE ASSETS  OF THE OWNER TRUST
WOULD BE CONSIDERED PLAN  ASSETS, THE POSSIBILITY OF  EXEMPTIVE RELIEF FROM  THE
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES AND OTHER ISSUES AND THEIR POTENTIAL CONSEQUENCES.
    
 
                              RATINGS OF THE NOTES
 
   
    It  is a condition of issuance that each  of S&P, Moody's, Duff & Phelps and
Fitch (i) rate the Class  A Notes in its highest  rating category and (ii)  rate
the  Class B Notes at least "A," "A2,"  "A" and "A," respectively. The rating of
each Class of Notes addresses the  likelihood of the timely receipt of  interest
and payment of principal on such Class of Notes on or before the Stated Maturity
Date  for such Class. The  rating of the Notes will  be based primarily upon the
Pledged Revenues, the Cash Collateral Account and the subordination provided  by
(1)  the Class B Notes and  the Equity Certificates, in the  case of the Class A
Notes and (2) the Equity Certificates, in  the case of the Class B Notes.  There
is  no assurance that  any such rating will  not be lowered  or withdrawn by the
assigning Rating Agency if,  in its judgment, circumstances  so warrant. In  the
event  that a rating or ratings with  respect to the Notes is qualified, reduced
or withdrawn, no person  or entity will be  obligated to provide any  additional
credit enhancement with respect to the Notes so qualified, reduced or withdrawn.
    
 
   
    The  rating  of the  Notes should  be  evaluated independently  from similar
ratings on other types of securities. A  rating is not a recommendation to  buy,
sell  or hold the Notes,  inasmuch as such rating does  not comment as to market
price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings of the Notes do  not
address  the likelihood of payment  of principal on any  Class of Notes prior to
the Stated Maturity Date thereof, or the possibility of the imposition of United
States withholding tax with respect to non-United States Persons.
    
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The proceeds from  the offering  and sale of  the Notes,  together with  the
proceeds   derived  by  the  Depositor  from   its  disposition  of  the  Equity
Certificates, after funding a portion of the Cash Collateral Account and  paying
the  expenses of the Depositor, will be paid to the Originators by the Depositor
in connection with the transfer of the Contracts and the Originators'  interests
in the Equipment.
    
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    Subject  to  the  terms and  conditions  of the  United  States underwriting
agreement (the "U.S. Underwriting Agreement"), the underwriters named below (the
"U.S. Underwriters"), through  their representative, Goldman,  Sachs & Co.  (the
"U.S. Representative"), have severally agreed to purchase from the Depositor the
following respective Initial Principal Amount of Notes (the "U.S. Notes") at the
initial  public offering price less the  underwriting discounts set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL
                                 PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
                              AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS
U.S. UNDERWRITERS                A-1 NOTES        A-2 NOTES        A-3 NOTES        A-4 NOTES         B NOTES
- ----------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                           <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co.........
Lehman Brothers Inc.........
Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
 Fenner & Smith
 Incorporated...............
J.P. Morgan Securities
 Inc........................
                              ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total
                              ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                              ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the  U.S.  Underwriting Agreement,  the  U.S. Underwriters  have  agreed,
subject  to the terms and  conditions set forth therein,  to purchase all of the
U.S. Notes offered hereby if any of such U.S. Notes are purchased. The Depositor
has been advised by the U.S.  Representative that the U.S. Underwriters  propose
initially  to  offer the  U.S.  Notes to  the  public at  the  respective public
offering prices set forth on the cover  page of this Prospectus, and to  certain
dealers  at such price, less a  concession not in excess of  0.  % per Class A-1
Note, 0.  % per Class A-2  Note, 0.  % per Class A-3  Note, 0.  % per Class  A-4
Note  and 0.   %  per Class  B Note.  The U.S.  Underwriters may  allow and such
dealers may reallow to other dealers a discount not in excess of 0.  % per Class
A-1 Note, 0.  % per Class  A-2 Note, 0.  % per Class  A-3 Note, 0.  % per  Class
A-4  Note and 0.  %  per Class B Note. After the  Notes are released for sale to
the public, the offering  prices and other  selling terms may  be varied by  the
U.S. Representative.
    
   
    TCC  and  certain  of  its  affiliates have  agreed  to  indemnify  the U.S.
Underwriters  against  certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
    
   
    The  Notes are new issues of  securities with no established trading market.
The Depositor  has  been  advised  by the  U.S.  Representative  that  the  U.S.
Underwriters  intend to make a market in the  Notes in the United States but are
not obligated to do  so and may  discontinue market making  at any time  without
notice.  The Depositor has  been advised by the  International Managers that the
International Managers  intend to  make a  market in  the Notes  outside of  the
United  States but are not obligated to  do so and may discontinue market making
at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the
trading market for the Notes.
    
 
   
    Funds in the Cash Collateral Account  and the Trust Accounts may, from  time
to   time,  be  invested   in  Eligible  Investments   acquired  from  the  U.S.
Underwriters.
    
 
   
    TCC, the Depositor  and the  Originators have entered  into an  underwriting
agreement  (the  "International Underwriting  Agreement") with  certain managers
(the "International Managers," and collectively with the U.S. Underwriters,  the
"Underwriters")  through  their  representative, Nomura  International  plc (the
"International Representative"), providing for the concurrent offer and sale  of
an  aggregate of $          , $          $          , $          and $
principal amount of Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4
Notes and Class B  Notes, respectively (the  "International Notes") outside  the
United  States.  The offering  price  and aggregate  underwriting  discounts and
commissions per  Note  for  the  U.S. Notes  and  the  International  Notes  are
identical.
    
 
   
    To  provide for the coordination of  their activities, the U.S. Underwriters
and the  International Managers  have  entered into  an Agreement  between  U.S.
Underwriters  and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") which
provides, among other things, that  the U.S. Underwriters and the  International
Managers  may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as is
approved by Nomura International  plc. To the extent  there are sales among  the
U.S.  Underwriters and the International Managers pursuant to the Intersyndicate
Agreement and as approved by Nomura International plc, the number of U.S.  Notes
initially  available  for  sale  by  the U.S.  Underwriters  and  the  number of
International Notes initially available for  sale by the International  Managers
may  be  more or  less than  the numbers  appearing  on the  cover page  of this
Prospectus. Except as permitted  by the Intersyndicate  Agreement, the price  of
any  Notes so sold will be the respective initial public offering price, less an
amount not greater than the selling concession.
    
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
   
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will  offer
and sell U.S. Notes only in the United States to U.S. Persons (as defined below)
and  (b) the International Managers will offer and sell International Notes only
outside the  United  States  to  (i)  non-U.S.  Persons  (including  any  entity
constituting an investment advisor located outside the United States acting with
discretionary  authority for a U.S.  Person) or (ii) U.S.  Persons if such sales
are pursuant  to Rule  15a-6(a)(4)(v) promulgated  under the  Exchange Act.  For
these  purposes, U.S.  Person means individual  residents in  the United States,
corporations, partnerships, or other entities organized in or under the laws  of
the  United  States or  any political  subdivision  thereof (including  any such
entity constituting an  investment advisor acting  with discretionary  authority
for  a non-U.S. Person) whose office most directly involved with the purchase is
located in  such country,  or  a U.S.  branch of  a  foreign bank  or  financial
institution.   "United  States"  means   the  United  States   of  America,  its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
    
 
   
    Nomura International  plc has  provided acquisition  financing and  advisory
services  to  HoldCo. and  MergerCo. in  connection with  the Merger,  and holds
warrants to acquire an  indirect majority interest in  the common stock of  TCC.
See "AT&T Capital Corporation."
    
 
    Application  has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg Stock
Exchange.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Certain legal matters with respect to the Notes will be passed upon for  the
Depositor  by Dorsey & Whitney  LLP.  Cadwalader, Wickersham  & Taft will act as
counsel to the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers. The  Indenture,
the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Trust  Agreement,  the  Purchase
Agreement and the Notes will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
   
    1. The issue of the Notes has been authorized pursuant to the Indenture  and
       a  resolution dated  October    , 1996 of  the Board of  Directors of the
Depositor.
    
 
    2. An application has been  made to list the  Notes on the Luxembourg  Stock
       Exchange.  In connection  with such  application, a  legal notice  of the
issuance of the Notes and copies of the Indenture and a copy of the Registration
Statement will  be  deposited  with  the Chief  Registrar  of  the  District  of
Luxembourg  (Greffier en Chef  du Tribunal d'Arrondissement  a Luxembourg) where
such documents may be examined and copies obtained.
 
   
    3. As long  as  the  Notes  are  outstanding,  copies  of  the  Registration
       Statement,  all amendments  and exhibits  thereto, the  Indenture and any
reports containing information on the Owner Trust prepared by the Servicer  will
be  available  free  of charge  at  the  offices of  the  Indenture  Trustee and
Kredietbank S.A.  Luxembourgeoise, as  the listing  agent in  Luxembourg at  the
following  address: 43, boulevard Royal, L-2955 Luxembourg, and notices of their
availability will be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation
in Luxembourg (which is expected to be Luxemburger Wort).
    
 
    4. There is no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding,  actual
       or pending, which relates to the Owner Trust and to which the Owner Trust
is  a party or of which the Owner Trust has been notified, or threatened that it
will be made  a party,  which is material  in the  context of the  issue of  the
Notes.
 
   
    5. Upon  issuance, the Notes  will be accepted  for clearance and settlement
       through DTC, Euroclear and Cedel Bank, as applicable.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           COMMON CODE       ISIN         CUSIP
                                                                         ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>          <C>
Class A-1 Notes........................................................
Class A-2 Notes........................................................
Class A-3 Notes........................................................
Class A-4 Notes........................................................
Class B Notes..........................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
   
                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                        PAGE
- -------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                    <C>
Administrative Fees..................      11, 60
Amount Available.....................       6, 44
Article 2A...........................        63
AT&T.................................        24
ATMs.................................        26
Available Pledged Revenues...........        44
Bankruptcy Code......................        63
Bell Labs............................        28
Benefit Plan.........................        68
Book Value...........................      10, 48
Business Day.........................        43
Cash Collateral Account..............        12
Cedel Bank...........................        51
Cedel Bank Participants..............        51
CFC..................................       9, 25
Class A Notes........................     Cover, 43
Class A-1 Notes......................       1, 43
Class A-2 Notes......................       1, 43
Class A-3 Notes......................       1, 43
Class A-4 Notes......................       2, 43
Class B Notes........................       2, 43
Closing Date.........................         4
CLT..................................        27
Code.................................      15, 64
Collection Account...................        48
Collection Period....................       4, 46
Commission...........................         i
Contract Pool........................         8
Contract Pool Principal Balance......       3, 46
Contract Principal Balance...........       3, 46
Contracts............................   Cover, 6, 22
Counsel..............................        64
CPR..................................        B-1
Credit Corp..........................       9, 25
Current Collection Period Pledged
 Revenues............................       6, 44
Current Realized Losses..............        47
Cut-Off Date.........................       4, 37
Cut-Off Date Contract Pool...........         8
Definitive Notes.....................        53
Deposit Date.........................       6, 44
Depositor............................     Cover, 1
Depository...........................        45
Determination Date...................        58
DTC..................................       i, 15
DTC Participants.....................        50
Duff & Phelps........................         5
Eligible Accounts....................        48
Eligible Investment..................        49
Equipment............................         1
Equity Certificate Majority..........        61
Equity Certificates..................       2, 11
ERISA................................      15, 68
Euroclear............................        52
Euroclear Operator...................        52
Euroclear Participants...............        52
Euroclear System.....................        52
Events of Default....................        54
Exchange Act.........................         i
 
<CAPTION>
 
TERM                                        PAGE
- -------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                    <C>
Financial Institution................        67
Fitch................................         5
Global Notes.........................      43, A-1
HoldCo...............................        24
Holders..............................      15, 43
Indenture............................     Cover, 1
Indenture Trustee....................     Cover, 1
Indirect Participants................        50
Initial Amount.......................        47
Initial Contract Pool Principal
 Balance.............................       4, 46
Insolvency Laws......................        17
Insurance, Maintenance and Tax
 Accounts............................        58
Interest Rate........................    Cover ii, 2
Interest Shortfall...................        58
International Depositories...........        50
International Managers...............        70
International Notes..................        70
International Representative.........        70
International Underwriting
 Agreement...........................        70
Intersyndicate Agreement.............        70
IRS..................................        64
Lease Contract.......................   Cover, 6, 23
                                        Cover ii, 11,
Leased Equipment.....................        22
Leasing Services.....................       9, 25
Liquidated Contracts.................       4, 46
Liquidation Loss.....................        47
Liquidation Proceeds.................      10, 48
Loan Contracts.......................   Cover, 6, 23
Lucent...............................        24
Luxembourg Paying Agent..............        52
Luxembourg Transfer Agent............        53
Master Form Lease....................        31
Merger...............................        24
MergerCo.............................        24
Monthly Principal Amount.............       3, 46
Moody's..............................         5
NCR..................................        24
NCR Credit...........................       9, 25
Non-Accrual..........................        41
Note Distribution Account............        48
Note Majority........................      54, 61
Note Owners..........................        15
Noteholders..........................      15, 43
Notes................................   Cover, 1, 43
Obligor..............................       6, 23
OID..................................        65
Originators..........................       9, 25
Owner Trust..........................     Cover, 1
Owner Trustee........................     Cover, 1
Participants.........................        50
Payment Date.........................     Cover ii
Plan Assets Regulation...............        69
Pledged Revenues.....................       7, 44
Preliminary Contract Pool............         8
Preliminary Contract Pool Principal
 Balance.............................         8
Preliminary Cut-Off Date.............       8, 37
Prepayments..........................       7, 44
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                        PAGE
- -------------------------------------  ---------------
PTCE.................................        69
<S>                                    <C>
Purchase Agreement...................         1
Rating Agencies......................         5
Related Collection Period Pledged
 Revenues............................       6, 44
Repurchase Event.....................        36
Required Payoff Amount...............      10, 47
Requisite Amount.....................        47
Rules................................        51
S&P..................................         5
SBU..................................        27
Scheduled Payments...................       7, 44
Securities Act.......................         i
Servicer.............................         1
Servicing Account....................        48
Servicing Fee........................      10, 60
Specific Lease Form..................        31
Stated Maturity Dates................         4
 
<CAPTION>
 
TERM                                        PAGE
- -------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                    <C>
TCC..................................   Cover, 1, 24
Terms and Conditions.................        52
TIN..................................        68
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.....         1
Trust Accounts.......................        48
Trust Agreement......................         1
Trust Assets.........................       6, 23
UCC..................................        18
Underwriters.........................        70
U.S. Notes...........................        70
U.S. Person..........................        71
U.S. Representative..................        70
U.S. Underwriters....................        70
U.S. Underwriting Agreement..........        70
United States........................        71
United States Holder.................        64
United States Person.................        A-4
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER,  THE OWNER TRUST, THE OWNER TRUSTEE,
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS OR THE INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO  DO SO OR  TO
ANYONE  TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS,  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER, SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF SUCH INFORMATION.
 
                                ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Incorporation by Reference.....................          i
Available Information..........................          i
Reports to Noteholders.........................          i
Table of Contents..............................         ii
Prospectus Summary.............................          1
Risk Factors...................................         17
The Depositor and the Owner Trust..............         21
AT&T Capital Corporation.......................         24
The Originators................................         25
The Contracts..................................         31
Description of the Notes.......................         43
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
 Agreement.....................................         57
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts.........         62
United States Taxation.........................         64
ERISA Considerations...........................         68
Ratings of the Notes...........................         69
Use of Proceeds................................         69
Underwriting...................................         70
Legal Matters..................................         71
Additional Information.........................         71
Index of Principal Terms.......................         72
Appendix A: Global Clearance, Settlement and
 Tax Documentation Procedures..................        A-1
Appendix B: Weighted Average Life of the
 Notes.........................................        B-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                ----------------
 
   
    UNTIL               , 1997 (NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    
 
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
   
                                  $
                           % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,
                                   CLASS A-1
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                                ANTIGUA FUNDING
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
    
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                    SERVICER
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
   
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
                            NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
                                  -----------
 
   
                               U.S. UNDERWRITERS:
    
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
   
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
    
   
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 2, 1996
    
                          $3,055,000,000 (APPROXIMATE)
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1, DUE                    ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2, DUE                    ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3, DUE                    ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4, DUE                    ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
  $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B, DUE                     ;
                               ISSUE PRICE:     %
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                    SERVICER
 
   
    Capita Equipment  Receivables  Trust 1996-1  (the  "Owner Trust")  has  been
formed  pursuant to a  Trust Agreement between  Antigua Funding Corporation (the
"Depositor"), which will be an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T  Capital
Corporation  ("TCC")  and The  Bank of  New  York as  Owner Trustee  (the "Owner
Trustee"). The Receivable-Backed Notes (the "Notes") will be issued by the Owner
Trust pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture") between the Owner Trust and The
Chase Manhattan Bank, as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"). The  Notes
will consist of four classes of senior notes, designated as the Class A-1, Class
A-2,  Class A-3 and Class A-4 Notes (collectively, the "Class A Notes"), and one
class of subordinated notes, designated as the Class B Notes. The proceeds  from
the issuance of the Notes, together with the proceeds of the Equity Certificates
to  be issued  by the  Owner Trust  to the  Depositor (which  will thereafter be
transferred by the Depositor in a  transaction unrelated to the issuance of  the
Notes),  will  be  used  to  acquire a  pool  of  equipment  leases  (the "Lease
Contracts") and installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and  security
agreements and similar types of receivables (the "Loan
    
 
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
   
    FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING, SEE "RISK
                          FACTORS" ON PAGE 17 HEREIN.
    
 
 THE NOTES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE OWNER TRUST AND WILL NOT REPRESENT
        INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION, AT&T
           CAPITAL CORPORATION OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
       SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
          PROSPECTUS. ANY    REPRESENTATION TO  THE CONTRARY IS  A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING         UNDERWRITING            PROCEEDS TO THE
                                 PRICE (1)                DISCOUNT (2)            DEPOSITOR (1)(3)
                          ------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                       <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Class A-1 Note......             %                         %                         %
Per Class A-2 Note......             %                         %                         %
Per Class A-3 Note......             %                         %                         %
Per Class A-4 Note......             %                         %                         %
Per Class B Note........             %                         %                         %
Total...................             $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------
   
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, at the applicable Interest Rate, from October
      , 1996.
    
   
(2) TCC and certain of its affiliates have agreed to indemnify the International
    Managers  against  certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the
    Securities Act of 1933. See "Underwriting."
    
(3) Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor,  estimated  to  be
    $         .
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC                                    GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
   
    The  Notes are offered severally by the International Managers, as specified
herein, subject to prior sale and  subject to the International Managers'  right
to  reject orders in  whole or in  part. It is  expected that the  Notes will be
ready for delivery in book-entry form  through the facilities of The  Depository
Trust  Company  in New  York, New  York,  Cedel Bank,  societe anonyme,  and the
Euroclear System against payment therefor  in immediately available funds on  or
about October   , 1996.
    
 
        Application has been made to list the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock
                                   Exchange.
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC
              BARCLAYS DE ZOETE WEDD LIMITED
                             GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                                            LEHMAN BROTHERS
                                                      MERRILL LYNCH
INTERNATIONAL
                                                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
                                 -------------
 
   
                THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS OCTOBER   , 1996
    
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
 
   
Contracts,"  and, together with the Lease  Contracts, the "Contracts"). TCC will
service the Contracts pursuant to a  Transfer and Servicing Agreement among  the
Depositor,  TCC, the Indenture Trustee  and the Owner Trust.  Of the Notes being
offered, $         , $          , $          , $          and $          initial
principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class
A-4  Notes and Class B  Notes, respectively, are being  offered initially in the
United States by the U.S. Underwriters and $          , $          ,$          ,
$          and $         , respectively, are being offered initially outside the
United States by the International  Managers. The Initial Public Offering  Price
and Underwriting Discount will be identical for both offerings.
    
 
   
    The Owner Trust will also issue a single class of certificates of beneficial
interest,  the Equity  Certificates, which are  not being offered  hereby. It is
expected that  the Equity  Certificates will  initially represent  the right  to
receive principal in an amount equal to approximately 4% of the Initial Contract
Pool  Principal Balance, together  with interest thereon at  a rate of     % per
annum.
    
 
   
    The Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from,  and
secured  by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will consist
primarily of the  Scheduled Payments  due under the  Contracts, certain  amounts
received  upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent not
payable to the Depositor, as described  below) liquidation of the Contracts  and
disposition  of the related  Equipment upon defaults  thereunder, and investment
earnings on amounts deposited in the Collection Account established pursuant  to
the  Indenture, in each case  subject to prior application  to pay the Servicing
Fee, together  with amounts  permitted  to be  withdrawn  therefor from  a  Cash
Collateral Account) in the order of priority described herein.
    
 
   
    The  Owner Trust will have a security interest in all Equipment securing the
Loan Contracts, and  all Liquidation  Proceeds (including any  derived from  the
disposition  of the  related Equipment) received  with respect  to any defaulted
Loan Contracts  will be  payable to  the  Owner Trust.  The Depositor  will  not
transfer  to the Owner Trust its ownership or security interest in the Equipment
related to the Lease Contracts (the "Leased Equipment"), including the right  to
receive  the  Leased  Equipment  (or the  purchase  price  therefor  or proceeds
thereof) upon expiration of the orginal term of the related Lease Contract.  The
Liquidation  Proceeds  received with  respect  to any  defaulted  Lease Contract
(including any derived  from the  disposition of the  related Leased  Equipment)
will be allocated between the Owner Trust and the Depositor as described herein.
Amounts payable to the Depositor in respect of the Leased Equipment or otherwise
in  respect of  Liquidation Proceeds  of defaulted  Lease Contracts  will not be
available for payment of interest or principal on the Notes.
    
 
   
    THE LIKELIHOOD  OF  PAYMENT OF  INTEREST  ON EACH  CLASS  OF NOTES  WILL  BE
ENHANCED  BY  THE APPLICATION  OF  THE AMOUNT  AVAILABLE,  AFTER PAYMENT  OF THE
SERVICING FEE, TO THE PAYMENT OF SUCH INTEREST PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
ON ANY OF THE NOTES OR THE  EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AS WELL AS BY THE  PREFERENTIAL
RIGHT OF THE HOLDERS OF NOTES OF EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH INTEREST (1) IN
THE CASE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS
B  NOTES OR THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  AND (2) IN THE CASE  OF THE CLASS B NOTES,
PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY  INTEREST ON THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES. LIKEWISE,  THE
LIKELIHOOD  OF PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL  ON EACH CLASS OF  NOTES WILL BE ENHANCED BY
THE PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS OF  NOTES OF EACH  SUCH CLASS TO  RECEIVE
SUCH  PRINCIPAL, TO  THE EXTENT  OF THE AMOUNT  AVAILABLE, AFTER  PAYMENT OF THE
SERVICING FEE  AND  INTEREST  ON  THE  NOTES  AND  THE  EQUITY  CERTIFICATES  AS
AFORESAID,  (I) IN THE  CASE OF THE CLASS  A NOTES, PRIOR TO  THE PAYMENT OF ANY
PRINCIPAL ON  THE CLASS  B NOTES  OR  (EXCEPT AS  DESCRIBED HEREIN)  THE  EQUITY
CERTIFICATES, AND (II) IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS B NOTES, PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF
ANY  PRINCIPAL  ON  THE EQUITY  CERTIFICATES,  EXCEPT AS  DESCRIBED  HEREIN. SEE
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES."
    
 
    To the extent the Amount Available is sufficient therefor, after payment  of
the  Servicing Fee, interest at  the rate per annum noted  above for each of the
Class A-1, Class A-2,  Class A-3, Class  A-4 and Class  B Notes (the  applicable
"Interest  Rate") will be paid to Holders  of each Class of Notes, and principal
will be paid on  the applicable Class of  Notes, on the 15th  day of each  month
(or,  if such day is  not a Business Day, on  the next succeeding Business Day),
commencing November 15, 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The Stated Maturity  Date
for the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4
Notes  and the Class B Notes  is               ,               ,               ,
            , and             , respectively, but final payment of any Class  of
Notes  could occur significantly  earlier than the Stated  Maturity Date of such
Class.
 
   
    The Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein  under
"Description of the Notes -- Optional Purchase of Contracts."
    
 
    There  is  currently no  secondary  market for  the  Notes and  there  is no
assurance that one will develop. The  U.S. Underwriters expect, but will not  be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers  expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the Notes
outside the United States.  There is no assurance  that either such market  will
develop,  or if either such market does develop, that such market will continue.
See "Risk Factors."
 
    Each prospective purchaser of the Notes must comply with all applicable laws
and regulations in any jurisdiction in which it purchases or sells the Notes  or
possesses  or distributes this Prospectus and  must obtain any consent, approval
or permission required by it for the purchase, offer or sale by it of the  Notes
under  the laws and regulations  in force in any  jurisdiction to which it makes
such purchase, offer or  sale, and neither the  Owner Trust nor any  Underwriter
shall have any responsibility therefor.
 
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
 
    The  distribution of this Prospectus  and the offer or  sale of Notes may be
restricted by law in certain jurisdictions.  Persons to whom possession of  this
Prospectus  and any  of the  Notes may  come must  inform themselves  about, and
observe, any such  restrictions. See  "Underwriting." In  particular, there  are
restrictions  on the distribution of  this Prospectus and the  offer and sale of
the Notes  in  the United  Kingdom  and Japan.  None  of the  Owner  Trust,  the
Underwriters   or  any  of  their   respective  representatives  is  making  any
representation to any offeree or purchaser  of the Notes regarding the  legality
of  or investment  therein by such  offeree or purchaser  under applicable legal
investment or similar laws.
 
    For so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the
rules of such exchange so require, the notices to Noteholders will be  published
in  a  leading  newspaper having  general  circulation in  Luxembourg  (which is
expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) and  will be made available at the  offices
of the Luxembourg Listing Agent). See "Additional Information."
 
    It  is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit  Rating
Co.  and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its highest
rating category, and (ii)  rate the Class  B Notes at least  "A," "A2," "A"  and
"A," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT  ANY
TIME.
 
    The  Depositor has taken all reasonable  care to ensure that the information
stated herein  is  true  and  accurate  in all  material  respects  and  is  not
misleading  as of the date hereof and  that there are no material facts omission
of which would make the information contained herein misleading in any  material
respect. The Depositor accepts responsibility accordingly.
 
    Upon  receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an electronic
Prospectus from any Underwriter or  a request by such investor's  representative
within  the period during which there is  an obligation to deliver a Prospectus,
such Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered,  without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
 
    The  Depositor has not  authorized any offer  of Notes to  the public in the
United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995 (the  "Regulations"). The  Notes may  not lawfully  be offered  or sold  to
persons  in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in an
offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the  Regulations
or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
 
    The Depositor does not intend to register the Notes under the Securities and
Exchange  Law of Japan (the "SEL"). Accordingly, the Notes may not be offered or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an  offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
 
    In  making  an  investment  decision,  investors  must  rely  on  their  own
examination of the Notes, including the merits and risks involved. The  contents
of  this Prospectus are  not to be  construed as legal,  business or tax advice.
Each prospective purchaser must  consult its own  accountant, legal advisor  and
other  advisors  as to  the  business, legal,  tax  and related  aspects  of the
purchase of the Notes.  As used herein,  references to "dollars"  or "$" are  to
United States dollars.
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject  to  the  terms  and conditions  of  the  international underwriting
agreement (the "International Underwriting Agreement"), the managers named below
(the   "International   Managers"),   through   their   representative,   Nomura
International plc (the "International Representative"), have severally agreed to
purchase from the Depositor the following respective initial principal amount of
Notes  (the "International Notes") at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL
                                         PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
                                      AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS
INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS                   A-1 NOTES        A-2 NOTES        A-3 NOTES        A-4 NOTES         B NOTES
- ------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Nomura International plc............
Barclays de Zoete Wedd Limited......
Goldman Sachs International.........
Lehman Brothers International
 (Europe)...........................
Merrill Lynch International.........
J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd..........
                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
      Total.........................
                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    In the International Underwriting Agreement, the International Managers have
agreed, subject to the terms and  conditions set forth therein, to purchase  all
of  the International Notes offered hereby if any of the International Notes are
purchased. The Depositor  has been advised  by the International  Representative
that  the International Managers propose to offer the International Notes to the
public at the respective public offering prices  set forth on the cover page  of
this  Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price, less a concession not in
excess of 0.  % per Class  A-1 Note, 0.  % per Class  A-2 Note, 0.  % per  Class
A-3 Note, 0.  % per Class A-4 Note and 0.  % per Class B Note. The International
Managers  may allow and such dealers may reallow to other dealers a discount not
in excess of 0.  % per Class A-1 Note, 0.  % per Class A-2 Note, 0.  % per Class
A-3 Note, 0.  % per Class A-4 Note and  0.  % per Class B Note. After the  Notes
are  released for sale to the public, the offering price and other selling terms
may be varied by the International Representative.
 
    The Notes are new issues of  securities with no established trading  market.
The   Depositor  has  been  advised  by  the  International  Managers  that  the
International Managers  intend to  make a  market in  the Notes  outside of  the
United  States but are not obligated to  do so and may discontinue market making
at any  time  without  notice.  The  Depositor has  been  advised  by  the  U.S.
Representative  that the U.S. Underwriters intend to  make a market in the Notes
in the United States but are not  obligated to do so and may discontinue  market
making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity
of the trading market for the Notes.
 
    Funds  in the Cash Collateral Account and  the Trust Accounts may, from time
to  time,  be  invested   in  Eligible  Investments   acquired  from  the   U.S.
Underwriters.
 
    Each  International Manager  has agreed  that (i)  it has  complied and will
comply with all applicable  provisions of the Financial  Services Act 1986  with
respect  to  anything done  by  it in  relation to  the  Securities in,  from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom; (ii) it has only issued, distributed  or
passed  on and will only issue, distribute or  pass on in the United Kingdom any
document received by  it in connection  with the  issue of the  Securities to  a
person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act
1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 or persons to whom such
document may otherwise lawfully be issued, distributed or passed on; (iii) if it
is  an authorized person under  Chapter III of Part  I of the Financial Services
Act 1986, it has only promoted and will only promote (as that term is defined in
Regulation 1.02(2) of the Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated  Schemes)
Regulations  1991) to any person  in the United Kingdom  the scheme described in
the Prospectus if that person is of a kind described either in section 76(2)  of
the Financial Services Act 1986
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
or  in  Regulation  1.04 of  the  Financial Services  (Promotion  of Unregulated
Schemes) Regulations  1991; and  (iv) it  is a  person of  a kind  described  in
Article  11(3) of  the Financial  Services Act  1986 (Investment Advertisements)
(Exemptions) Order 1995.
 
    Each International Manager has agreed that  the Notes may not be offered  or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or  circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
 
    This Prospectus may be used by  underwriters and dealers in connection  with
offers and sales of the Notes to persons located outside the United Sates.
 
   
    TCC and certain of its affiliates have agreed to indemnify the International
Managers against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
    
 
   
    TCC,  the Depositor  and the Originators  have entered  into an underwriting
agreement (the  "U.S. Underwriting  Agreement") with  certain underwriters  (the
"U.S.  Underwriters,"  and  collectively with  the  International  Managers, the
"Underwriters") through their  representative, Goldman, Sachs  & Co. (the  "U.S.
Representative"), providing for the concurrent offer and sale of an aggregate of
$          , $         , $          ,$         and $         principal amount of
Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class  A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes and Class  B
Notes,  respectively (the "U.S. Notes") in the United States. The offering price
and aggregate underwriting discounts and commissions per Note for the U.S. Notes
and the International Notes are identical.
    
 
   
    To provide for the coordination  of their activities, the U.S.  Underwriters
and  the  International Managers  have entered  into  an Agreement  between U.S.
Underwriters and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement")  which
provides,  among other things, that the  U.S. Underwriters and the International
Managers may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as  is
approved  by Nomura International plc.  To the extent there  are sales among the
U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers pursuant to the  Intersyndicate
Agreement  and as approved by Nomura International plc, the number of U.S. Notes
initially available  for  sale  by  the U.S.  Underwriters  and  the  number  of
International  Notes initially available for  sale by the International Managers
may be  more or  less than  the  numbers appearing  on the  cover page  of  this
Prospectus.  Except as permitted  by the Intersyndicate  Agreement, the price of
any Notes so sold will be the respective initial public offering price, less  an
amount not greater than the selling concession.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes  and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will offer
and sell U.S. Notes only in the United States to U.S. Persons (as defined below)
and (b) the International Managers will offer and sell International Notes  only
outside  the  United  States  to  (i)  non-U.S.  Persons  (including  any entity
constituting an investment advisor located outside the United States acting with
discretionary authority for a  U.S. Person) or (ii)  U.S. Persons if such  sales
are  pursuant to  Rule 15a-6(a)(4)(v)  promulgated under  the Exchange  Act. For
these purposes, U.S.  Person means  individual residents in  the United  States,
corporations,  Partnerships, or other entities organized in or under the laws of
the United  States or  any  political subdivision  thereof (including  any  such
entity  constituting an  investment advisor acting  with discretionary authority
for a non-U.S. Person) whose office most directly involved with the purchase  is
located  in  such  country or  a  U.S. branch  of  a foreign  bank  or financial
institution.  "United  States"   means  the  United   States  of  America,   its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
    
 
   
    Nomura  International plc  has provided  acquisition financing  and advisory
services to  HoldCo. and  MergerCo. in  connection with  the Merger,  and  holds
warrants  to acquire an indirect  majority interest in the  common stock of TCC.
See "AT&T Capital Corporation."
    
 
    Application has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
                              PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF
                                 THE DEPOSITOR
                               1209 Orange Street
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                                    TRUSTEE
                            The Chase Manhattan Bank
                              450 West 33rd Street
                            New York, New York 10001
                                 PAYING AGENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                           <C>
                                                              Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise
             The Chase Manhattan Bank                                43, boulevard Royal
               450 West 33rd Street                                        L-2955
             New York, New York 10001                                    Luxembourg
</TABLE>
 
                                 LISTING AGENT
                        Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise
                              43, boulevard Royal
                                     L-2955
                                   Luxembourg
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                 <C>
       LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE DEPOSITOR                               LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE UNDERWRITERS
          AS TO UNITED STATES LAW                                        AS TO UNITED STATES LAW
            Dorsey & Whitney LLP                                      Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
              250 Park Avenue                                                100 Maiden Lane
          New York, New York 10177                                       New York, New York 10038
</TABLE>
 
                     SPECIAL LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE DEPOSITOR
                        AS TO UNITED STATES TAX MATTERS
                              Dorsey & Whitney LLP
                                250 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10177
                    INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS TO THE DEPOSITOR
                              Arthur Andersen LLP
                          1345 Avenue of the Americas
                            New York, New York 10105
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER,  THE OWNER TRUST, THE OWNER TRUSTEE,
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS OR THE INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO  DO SO OR  TO
ANYONE  TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS,  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER, SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF SUCH INFORMATION.
 
                                ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Incorporation by Reference.....................          i
Available Information..........................          i
Reports to Noteholders.........................          i
Table of Contents..............................         ii
Prospectus Summary.............................          1
Risk Factors...................................         17
The Depositor and the Owner Trust..............         21
AT&T Capital Corporation.......................         24
The Originators................................         25
The Contracts..................................         31
Description of the Notes.......................         43
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
 Agreement.....................................         57
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts.........         62
United States Taxation.........................         64
ERISA Considerations...........................         68
Ratings of the Notes...........................         69
Use of Proceeds................................         69
Underwriting...................................         70
Legal Matters..................................         72
Additional Information.........................         72
Index of Principal Terms.......................         73
Appendix A: Global Clearance, Settlement and
 Tax Documentation Procedures..................        A-1
Appendix B: Weighted Average Life of the
 Notes.........................................        B-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                ----------------
   
    UNTIL               , 1997 (NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    
 
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
                                  $
                           % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,
                                   CLASS A-1
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
                                  $
                      % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                                ANTIGUA FUNDING
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                    SERVICER
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
                            NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                  -----------
 
                            INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS:
 
                            NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC
                         BARCLAYS DE ZOETE WEDD LIMITED
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  following table  sets forth the  expenses to be  incurred in connection
with  the  offering  of  the  Notes,  other  than  underwriting  discounts   and
commissions, described in this Registration Statement:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee..................  $1,010,344.80
Printing and Engraving...............................................        *
Legal Fees and Expenses..............................................        *
Blue Sky Filing and Counsel Fees.....................................        *
Accounting Fees and Expenses.........................................        *
Trustee Fees and Expenses............................................        *
Rating Agencies' Fees................................................        *
Miscellaneous Expenses...............................................        *
                                                                       -------------
    Total............................................................  $     *
                                                                       -------------
                                                                       -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
* To be supplied by amendment.
 
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Antigua  Funding  Corporation is  incorporated under  the laws  of Delaware.
Section 145 of  the Delaware General  Corporation Law provides  that a  Delaware
corporation  may indemnify  any persons,  including officers  and directors, who
are, or  are  threatened to  be  made, parties  to  any threatened,  pending  or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative  (other than an action by or  in the right of such corporation, by
reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or  agent
of  such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as
a director, officer, employee  or agent of  another corporation or  enterprise).
The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines
and  amounts paid in settlement actually  and reasonably incurred by such person
in connection with such action, suit or proceedings, provided such person  acted
in  good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the  corporation's  best  interests  and,  for  criminal  proceedings,  had   no
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation
may  identify officers  and directors  in an action  by or  in the  right of the
corporation under  the  same  conditions,  except  that  no  indemnification  is
permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be
liable  to the corporation.  Where an officer  or director is  successful on the
merits or  otherwise  in  the defense  of  any  action referred  to  above,  the
corporation  must  indemnify  him against  the  expenses which  such  officer or
director actually and reasonably incurred.
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation and  Bylaws of Antigua Funding  Corporation
provide,   in  effect,  that,  subject   to  certain  limited  exceptions,  such
corporation will indemnify its officers and directors to the extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
 
    The Exhibits filed as part of this Registration Statement are:
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <C>        <S>
*     1.1         --  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
*    *3.1         --  Certificate of Incorporation of Depositor.
*    *3.2         --  By-Laws of Depositor.
*    *4.1         --  Form of Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
*    *4.2         --  Form of Indenture.
      4.3         --  First Amended and Restated Trust Agreement.
*    *4.4         --  Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
*    *4.5         --  Form of Purchase Agreement.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <C>        <S>
      5.1         --  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to legality.
      8.1         --  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to tax matters.
*     8.2         --  Opinion and consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft with respect to tax matters.
     23.1         --  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
     23.2         --  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1).
     23.3         --  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP
*    23.4         --  Consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft (included as part of Exhibit 8.2).
*   *24.1         --  Power of Attorney.
     25.1         --  Statement of eligibility of Indenture Trustee.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 * To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The  undersigned  registrant  hereby   undertakes  that,  for  purposes   of
determining  any liability under the Securities Act  of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report  pursuant to section  13(a) or section  15(d) of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  (and, where  applicable,  each filing  of an
employee  benefit  plan's  annual  report  pursuant  to  Section  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934)  that is  incorporated  by reference  in the
registration statement  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  registration  statement
relating  to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
of  1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  registrant
has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
such  indemnification is against public  policy as expressed in  the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification  against
such  liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person  of the registrant in  the
successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
           1933,  the information omitted  from the form  of prospectus filed as
    part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
    in a form of prospectus filed  by the registrant pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)
    or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
           of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that  contains  a  form of
    prospectus shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating  to
    the  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies that it has  reasonable grounds to  believe that it  meets all of  the
requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to
the Registration  Statement to  be  signed on  its  behalf by  the  undersigned,
thereunto  duly authorized, in the  City of New York, State  of New York, on the
30th day of September, 1996.
    
 
                                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                                          By ___________/s/ GUY HANDS___________
                                                         Guy Hands
                                                         President
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  Amendment
No.  4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                               DATE
- -------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------  ------------------------
 
<C>                                          <S>                                          <C>
               /s/ GUY HANDS                 President (Principal Executive Officer) and        September 30, 1996
                 Guy Hands                   Director
 
               /s/ JEFF NASH                 Vice President (Principal Financial and            September 30, 1996
                 Jeff Nash                   Accounting Officer) and Director
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
                                   SIGNATURES
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the  registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable grounds to  believe that it  meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 4  to
the  Registration  Statement to  be  signed on  its  behalf by  the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the  City of New York, State  of New York, on  the
30th day of September, 1996.
    
 
   
                                          CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST
                                          1996-1
    
 
   
                                          By: ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
    
 
   
                                          By____________/s/ GUY HANDS___________
    
   
                                                         Guy Hands
                                                         President
    
 
                                      II-4

<PAGE>

                      FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

         THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT,  dated September 13,
1996, is made between Antigua Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the
"Depositor"), and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as
Owner Trustee (in such capacity, the "Owner Trustee").

         WHEREAS, the Depositor and the Owner Trustee have entered into a Trust
Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1996 (the "Trust Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS, the Depositor and the Owner Trustee desire to amend and
restate the Trust Agreement in its entirety;

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein
contained, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

         Section 1.  CREATION OF TRUST.  There is hereby formed a trust (the
"Trust") to be known as "Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1," in which
name the Owner Trustee may conduct the business of the Trust and make and
execute contracts.

         Section 2.  OFFICE.  The office of the Trust shall be in care of the
Owner Trustee at The Bank of New York, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York
10286, Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration, or at such other address as
the Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the Depositor.

         Section 3.  APPOINTMENT OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Depositor hereby
appoints the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date
hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein, and the
Owner Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.

         Section 4.  INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION OF TRUST ESTATE.  The
Depositor hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Owner
Trustee as of the date hereof, the sum of $10 (the "Trust Assets").  The Owner
Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt in trust from the Depositor, as of the date
hereof, of the foregoing contribution, which shall constitute the initial trust
assets and shall be deposited into a segregated trust account established with
the Owner Trustee and maintained with the Owner Trustee (the "Equity Certificate
Distribution Account").  The Depositor shall pay organizational expenses of the
Trust as they may arise or shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee,
promptly reimburse the Owner Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Owner
Trustee.


<PAGE>

         Section 5.  DECLARATION OF TRUST.  The Owner Trustee hereby declares
that it will hold the Trust Assets in trust for the Depositor upon and subject
to the conditions set forth herein.

         Section 6.  SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT.  The
Depositor and the Owner Trustee will enter into a second amended and restated
Trust Agreement, satisfactory to each such party, to provide for the
contemplated operation of the Trust created hereby.  Prior to the execution and
delivery of such second amended and restated Trust Agreement, the Owner Trustee
shall not have any duty or obligation hereunder or with respect to the trust
estate, except as otherwise required by applicable law or as may be necessary
to obtain prior to such execution and delivery any licenses, consents or
approvals required by applicable law or otherwise, all as determined by the
Depositor.

         Section 7.  REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  Prior to the execution and
delivery of the second amended and restated Trust Agreement, the Depositor shall
have the authority to execute on behalf of the Trust the Registration Statement
on Form S-3 (File No. 333-08465), and any amendments thereto.

         Section 8.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to
the principles of conflicts of laws thereof and the obligations, rights and
remedies of the parties under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance
with such laws.

         Section 9.  COUNTERPARTS.  For the purpose of facilitating its
execution and for other purposes, this Agreement may be executed simultaneously
in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts shall be deemed to be
an original, and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same
instrument.

         Section 10.  THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement shall inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, no other Person shall have any right or obligation hereunder.

         Section 11.  RESIGNATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Owner Trustee may
resign upon thirty days prior notice to the Depositor.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Depositor and the Owner Trustee have caused
this First Amended and Restated Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

                                       ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                        as Depositor



                                       By /s/ James Elton
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Name: James Elton
                                               ------------------------------
                                          Title: Vice President
                                                 ----------------------------

                                       THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                        as Owner Trustee


                                       By /s/ Melissa Beneduce
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Name: Melissa Beneduce
                                                -----------------------------
                                          Title: Vice President
                                                -----------------------------




<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 5.1

Antigua Funding Corporation
c/o CT Corporation
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, Delaware  19801


              Re:  Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1
                   Registration Statement on Form S-3
                   Registration No. 333-08465


Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Antigua Funding Corporation (the 
"Company"), a Delaware corporation, in connection with a Registration 
Statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement") relating to the offer 
and sale of up to $3,075,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 
Receivable-Backed Notes (the "Notes") to be issued by Capita Equipment 
Receivables Trust 1996-1 (the "Trust"), to be issued pursuant to an Indenture 
dated as of October 1, 1996 (the "Indenture") between the Trust and The Chase 
Manhattan Bank, as Indenture Trustee.  The Trust has been formed pursuant to 
an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of October 1, 1996 (the 
"Trust Agreement"), between the Company, as Depositor, and The Bank of New 
York, as Owner Trustee.

         We have examined such documents and have reviewed such questions of
law as we have considered necessary and appropriate for the purposes of our
opinion set forth below.  In rendering our opinion, we have assumed the
authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of
all signatures and the conformity to authentic originals of all documents
submitted to us as copies.  We have also assumed the legal capacity for all
purposes relevant hereto of all natural persons and, with respect to all parties
to agreements or instruments relevant hereto other than the Company or the
Trust, that such parties had the requisite power and authority (corporate or
otherwise) to execute, deliver and perform such agreements or instruments, that
such agreements or instruments have been duly authorized by all requisite action
(corporate or otherwise), executed and delivered by such parties and that such
agreements or instruments are the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of
such parties.  We have also assumed that the Notes will be issued and sold as
described in the Registration Statement.

         Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Notes have been
duly authorized by all requisite action and, when executed and authenticated as
specified in the Indenture and delivered against payment therefor in the manner
described in the Registration Statement, will constitute valid and binding
obligations of the Trust, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

<PAGE>

Antigua Funding Corporation
September 27, 1996
Page 2

         The opinion set forth above is subject to the following qualifications
and exceptions:

         (a)  Our opinion is subject to the effect of any applicable
    bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of
    general application affecting creditors' rights.

         (b)  Our opinion is subject to the effect of general principles of
    equity, including (without limitation) concepts of materiality,
    reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and other similar
    doctrines affecting the enforceability of agreements generally (regardless
    of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

         Our opinion expressed above is limited to the laws of the State of New
York.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, and to the reference to our firm under the caption
"Legal Matters" in the Prospectus constituting part of the Registration
Statement.


Dated:  September 27, 1996

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       Dorsey & Whitney LLP
CFS

<PAGE>






                                                             EXHIBIT 8.1

Antigua Funding Corporation
c/o CT Corporation
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, Delaware  19801

     Re:  Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1
          Registration Statement in Form S-3
          Registration No. 333-08465


Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as counsel for Antigua Funding Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ( the "Depositor"), in connection with the establishment by the
Depositor of Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1 (the "Owner Trust"),
pursuant to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of October 1, 1996
(the "Trust Agreement"), between the Depositor and The Bank of New York, as
Owner Trustee (the "Owner Trustee"), and the upcoming issuance by the Owner
Trust of an aggregate of up to $3,075,000,000 of Receivable-Backed Notes, in
five classes (the "Notes"), pursuant to the Indenture dated as of October 1,
1996 (the "Indenture"), between the Owner Trust and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee").

          Pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Equity Certificate has been
issued by the Owner Trust to the Depositor.  Pursuant to a Purchase and Sale
Agreement dated as of October 1, 1996 (the "Purchase Agreement"), among the
Depositor, AT&T Capital Corporation ("TCC") and four wholly owned subsidiaries
of TCC (AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc., AT&T Credit Corporation, NCR Credit
Corp. and the Portland division of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation,
collectively the "Originators"), the Originators will assign to the Depositor
all of their right, title and interest in and to all of the Contracts
<PAGE>

Antigua Funding Corporation
September 30, 1996
Page 2


and the related Equipment, described below.  Pursuant to a Transfer and
Servicing Agreement dated as of October 1, 1996 (the "Transfer and Servicing
Agreement"), among the Owner Trustee, the Depositor, TCC, in its individual
capacity and as Servicer, and the Indenture Trustee, the Depositor will transfer
such Contracts and a right to a portion of the Liquidation Proceeds with respect
to Leased Equipment to the Owner Trust and the Owner Trust will issue to the
Depositor the Notes, which will be offered and sold by the Depositor.

          You have requested our opinion with respect to the federal income tax
characterization of the Notes and the Owner Trust.  For purposes of rendering
our opinion we have examined the Prospectus, the Trust Agreement, the Purchase
Agreement, the Cash Collateral Account Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, the Indenture and the related documents and agreements contemplated
therein (collectively, the "Transaction Documents") and we have reviewed such
questions of law as we have considered necessary and appropriate.  All
capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings set forth
in the Indenture or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), currently applicable Treasury
Department regulations issued thereunder, current published administrative
positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") contained in revenue
rulings and revenue procedures, and judicial decisions, all of which are subject
to change, either prospectively or retroactively, and to possibly differing
interpretations.  Any change in such authorities may affect the opinions
rendered herein.

          Our opinion is also based on the projections, representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Transaction Documents and
the assumption that the Depositor, TCC, the Cash Collateral Account Lenders, the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the holder of the
Equity Certificate will at all times comply with the requirements of the
Transaction Documents.  We have also relied in part on various factual
representations made to us by the Depositor and TCC.  Although we have not
undertaken an independent investigation of any factual matters, nothing contrary
to any of these representations has come to our attention in the course of our
consideration of these matters.  Any alteration of such factual representations
may adversely affect our opinion.

          An opinion of counsel is predicated on all the facts and conditions
set forth in the opinion and is based upon counsel's analysis of the statutes,
regulatory interpretations and case law in effect as of the date of the opinion.
It is not a guarantee of the current status of the law and should not be
accepted as a guarantee that a court of law or an administrative agency will
concur in the opinion.
<PAGE>

Antigua Funding Corporation
September 30, 1996
Page 3


FEDERAL INCOME TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE NOTES

          In general, for federal income tax purposes, the characterization of
the issuance and sale of notes as the issuance and sale of debt, the issuance
and sale of an equity or beneficial interest in the issuer or the sale of an
ownership interest in property of the issuer is a question of fact, the
resolution of which is based upon a variety of factors, principal among which is
a determination of who will receive the benefits of, and bear the burdens
relating to, the property.  Thus, the determination of whether an instrument
issued in connection with such a transaction will be treated as debt for federal
income tax purposes, or instead will be treated as an equity or beneficial
interest in the issuer or as an ownership interest in the assets of the issuer,
depends on all the facts and circumstances in each case.  See generally, Plumb,
THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX SIGNIFICANCE OF CORPORATE DEBT:  A CRITICAL ANALYSIS AND
A PROPOSAL, 26 Tax L. Rev. 369 (1971).

          In any such determination, several factors must be considered, and
debt characterization may be indicated by, among other things, the independence
of the debt holders and equity holders, the intention of the parties to create a
debt, the issuance of a formal debt instrument, the provision of a fixed
maturity date, the likelihood and expectation that the principal amount will be
repaid, the debt to equity ratio of the issuer, the nature of the assets serving
as security for the obligation, and various other factors.  In the context of
this transaction, the most important considerations are: (i) whether the
Noteholders bear the burdens of ownership (i.e., the risk of loss from the
Contracts) and (ii) whether the Noteholders have acquired the benefits of
ownership (i.e., the potential for gain from the Contracts).  In view of all of
the relevant facts and circumstances, the likelihood of the Noteholders bearing
any actual loss in respect of the Contracts is considered to be remote.
Accordingly, the Noteholders should not be regarded as bearing a significant
risk of loss associated with ownership of the Contracts.  In addition, because
the Noteholders are entitled to receive a fixed principal amount and a fixed
rate of interest, the economic return to the Noteholders will not be affected by
any change in the value of the Contracts.  Accordingly, the Noteholders will not
receive any benefit from any increase in the value of the Contracts.

          A number of other factors are consistent with the treatment of the
Notes as debt.  The most important of these factors are as follows:  the form of
the Notes as debt, the fact that interest rates for the Notes have been
determined in a separate, identifiable market from the one in which interest
rates on the Contracts were set, the sequential payment and lockout features of
the Notes, the Servicer's ability to permit prepayments on the Lease Contracts,
the ultimate retention of reinvestment risk by the Depositor or TCC, the fact
that delinquencies on the Contracts and the negative carry resulting therefrom
are not borne by the Noteholders, the existence of a clean-up call option in
favor of the Depositor and the
<PAGE>

Antigua Funding Corporation
September 30, 1996
Page 4


limited rights of Noteholders in the proceeds of any liquidation of Equipment
upon a default under the related Lease Contract.

          Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Notes will be
treated as debt for federal income tax purposes.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE OWNER TRUST

          The Owner Trust is similar in many respects to trusts established to
hold collateral pledged as security in connection with lending transactions.  If
all classes of Certificates issued by the Owner Trust were debt for federal
income tax purposes, the Owner Trust would be disregarded for federal income tax
purposes and would be characterized as a mere security arrangement.  Treas. Reg.
Section 1.61-13(b); Rev. Rul. 76-265, 1976-2 C.B. 448; SEE ALSO Rev. Rul. 73-
100, 1973-1 C.B. 613 (domestic corporations's transfer of securities to Canadian
security holder, to secure liabilities to policyholders in Canada, does not
create a trust where discretionary powers retained by corporation); Rev. Rul.
71-119, 1971 C.B. 163 (settlement fund administered by "trustee" not a trust).
The Owner Trust, however, has issued the Equity Certificate to the Depositor and
the Equity Certificate (i) will not take the form of debt, (ii) is intended not
to be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes, and (iii) is intended to
be treated instead as evidencing the ownership interests of the Depositor in
property transferred by the Depositor to the Owner Trust, subject to the
security interests of the Noteholders and the rights of the Cash Collateral
Account Lenders.  As long as, for federal income tax purposes, the Notes are
treated as debt and the Depositor is viewed to hold all interests in the Owner
Trust other than the Notes, the Owner Trust should be treated as a mere security
arrangement and disregarded for federal income tax purposes.  Alternatively, if
the Owner Trust were not characterized as a mere security arrangement, then
under the circumstances set forth above it would be viewed as a grantor trust,
with the Depositor being treated as the grantor, for federal income tax
purposes.  Treas. Reg. Section 301.7701-4.

          If any person in addition to the Depositor, however, were viewed to
hold an interest in the Owner Trust or the Trust Assets other than the Notes or
other debt of the Owner Trust or a security interest in the Trust Assets, the
Owner Trust could be viewed, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-
4(c), as an entity whose characterization for federal income tax purposes would
be determined under Section 7701 of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section
301.7701-2.  In two significant cases regarding the classification of limited
partnerships for tax purposes, the opinions of the Court of Claims and the
United States Tax Court closely followed the tests set forth in these
regulations.  SEE ZUCKMAN V. UNITED STATES, 524 F.2d 79 (Ct. Cl. 1975); LARSON
V. COMMISSIONER, 66 T.C. 159 (1976), acq., 1979-1 C.B. 1; SEE ALSO Rev. Rul. 79-
106, 1979-1 C.B. 448, Rev. Rul. 95-9, 1995-3 I.R.B. 17, and Rev. Proc. 89-12,
1989-1 C.B. 798.  Furthermore, in Revenue Ruling
<PAGE>

Antigua Funding Corporation
September 30, 1996
Page 5


88-79, 1988-2 C.B. 361, the Service ruled that the tests set forth in these
regulations to distinguish a partnership from an association should also be
applied to determine the tax characterization of a business trust.

          Section 301.7701-2(a)(1) of the Treasury Regulations lists six major
characteristics ordinarily found in a corporation which distinguish a
corporation from other forms of organizations.  Section 301.7701-2(a)(2) of the
Treasury Regulations provides that since two of these factors (associates and an
objective to carry on business and divide the gains therefrom) are generally
common to both corporations and partnerships, the determination of whether an
organization that has such characteristics is to be treated for tax purposes as
a partnership or as an association taxable as a corporation depends upon an
analysis of the remaining factors: continuity of life, free transferability of
interests, centralization of management and limited liability.

          Section 301.7701-2(a)(3) of the Treasury Regulations specifies that an
unincorporated organization shall not be classified as an association taxable as
a corporation unless such organization has more corporate characteristics than
non-corporate characteristics, excluding characteristics common to both types of
organizations.  Under Section 301.7701-2(a)(3) of the Treasury Regulations, each
of the four above-described characteristics is assigned equal weight in
determining whether an organization has more corporate characteristics than non-
corporate characteristics.  SEE LARSON and Rev. Rul. 95-9, 1995-3 I.R.B. 17,
each of which applied equal weight to each of the four characteristics.

          We conclude that under the Treasury Regulations' tests and relevant
judicial authorities, the Owner Trust lacks continuity of life and limited
liability and that the Owner Trust therefore will not be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

PUBLICLY TRADED PARTNERSHIP

          Section 7704 of the Code provides that, subject to certain exceptions,
a partnership the interests in which are (i) traded on an established securities
market or (ii) readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial
equivalent thereof) will be treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes.

          Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1, issued on November 29, 1995
(the "PTP Regulations"), provide further explanation of the rules governing
publicly traded partnerships.  The PTP Regulations provide that an "established
securities market" includes a national, foreign, regional or local exchange, as
well as an interdealer quotation system which regularly disseminates firm buy or
sell quotations by identified brokers or dealers, by electronic means or
otherwise.  The PTP Regulations also provide that interests in a
<PAGE>

Antigua Funding Corporation
September 30, 1996
Page 6


partnership are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial
equivalent thereof if the partners are readily able to buy, sell or exchange
their partnership interests in a manner that is economically comparable to
trading on an established securities market.

          Interests in the Owner Trust or in the Trust Assets which might be
viewed to constitute interests in a partnership will not be traded on an
established securities market within the meaning of the PTP Regulations.  The
PTP Regulations provide a safe harbor pursuant to which interests in a
partnership will not be considered readily tradable on a secondary market or the
substantial equivalent thereof if (i) all interests in such partnership were
issued in a transaction (or transactions) that was not required to be registered
under the Securities Act of 1933 and (ii) the partnership does not have more
than 100 partners at any time during the taxable year of the partnership.

          As discussed above, it is our opinion that the Notes will be treated
as debt and will not be viewed to constitute interests in a partnership for
federal income tax purposes.  The Equity Certificate will be issued to the
Depositor and the Depositor will be required to retain the Equity Certificate,
except that the Equity Certificate will be pledged to secure additional
financing by the Depositor.  The Transaction Documents will prohibit the
issuance or transfer of any interests which might be viewed to constitute a
beneficial interest in the Owner Trust, the Equity Certificate or the Trust
Assets if as a result of such issuance or transfer more than 100 persons would
be viewed to hold any such interests at any time during a taxable year.  In
addition, no such interests will be issued in a transaction that is required to
be registered under the Securities Act of 1933.   Accordingly, under current
law, if the Owner Trust were considered to be a partnership for federal income
tax purposes, it would not be treated as a publicly traded partnership for
purposes of Section 7704 because none of its interests would be tradable as
provided for therein.

          Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Owner Trust
will not be characterized as an "association" or "publicly traded partnership"
taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

          We express no opinions other than those expressly set forth above.

          Except as provided below, the foregoing opinions are being furnished
to you solely for your benefit and may not be relied upon by, nor may copies be
delivered to, any other person without our prior written consent.

          We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the heading "United
States Taxation" in the Prospectus, and we hereby confirm that the discussion
under such
<PAGE>

Antigua Funding Corporation
September 30, 1996
Page 7


heading accurately sets forth our advice as to the likely outcome of material
issues under the federal income tax laws.

Dated:   September 30, 1996



          Very truly yours,




<PAGE>

                                                 EXHIBIT 23.3

We hereby consent to a reference to this firm under the heading "Risk Factors--
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks" in the Registration Statement (File No.
333-08465), without implying or admitting that we are "experts" within the
meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations
of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued thereunder, with respect to 
any part of the Registration Statement.

                                         Dorsey & Whitney LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
September 27, 1996




<PAGE>


                  --------------------------------------------------
                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                Washington, D.C. 20549
                            -----------------------------

                                       FORM T-1

                               STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
                       UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF
                      A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

                         ------------------------------------
                 CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF
                   A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)_________

                           --------------------------------

                               THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
                 (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)


NEW YORK                                                             13-4994650
(State of incorporation                                        (I.R.S. employer
if not a national bank)                                     identification No.)


270 PARK AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK                                                        10017
(Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip Code)


                                  William H. McDavid
                                   General Counsel
                                   270 Park Avenue
                               New York, New York 10017
                                  Tel: (212) 270-2611
              (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                 ---------------------------------------------------
                      CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
                 (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)


NEW YORK                                                            APPLIED FOR
(State or other jurisdiction of                                (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                             (identification No.)


c/o CT CORPORATION
1209 ORANGE STREET
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE                                                      19801
(Address of principal executive offices)                             (Zip Code)


                        --------------------------------------
                               RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES
                           (Title of indenture securities)

                  -------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                       GENERAL


Item 1.  General Information.

         Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

         (a)  Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to
              which it is subject.

              New York State Banking Department, State House, Albany, New York
              12110.

              Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, 
              D.C., 20551

              Federal Reserve Bank of New York, District No. 2, 33 Liberty
              Street, New York, N Y.

              Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C., 20429.

         (b)  Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

              Yes.

Item 2.  Affiliations with the Obligor.

              If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each
              such affiliation.

              None.


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

Item 16. List of Exhibits

         List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of
         Eligibility.

         1.  A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee as now in 
effect, including the Organization Certificate and the Certificates of 
Amendment dated February 17, 1969, August 31, 1977, December 31, 1980, 
September 9, 1982, February 28, 1985, December 2, 1991 and July 10, 1996 (see 
Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 
333-06249, which is incorporated by reference).

         2.  A copy of the Certificate of Authority of the Trustee to 
Commence Business (see Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed in connection with 
Registration Statement No. 33-50010, which is incorporated by reference.  On 
July 14, 1996, in connection with the merger of Chemical Bank and The Chase 
Manhattan Bank (National Association), Chemical Bank, the surviving 
corporation, was renamed The Chase Manhattan Bank.)

         3.  None, authorization to exercise corporate trust powers being 
contained in the documents identified above as Exhibits 1 and 2.

         4.  A copy of the existing By-Laws of the Trustee (see Exhibit 4 to 
Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-06249, which 
is incorporated by reference).

         5.  Not applicable.

         6.  The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act 
(see Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement 
No. 33-50010, which is incorporated by reference. On July 14, 1996, in 
connection with the merger of Chemical Bank and The Chase Manhattan Bank 
(National Association), Chemical Bank, the surviving corporation, was renamed 
The Chase Manhattan Bank.)

         7.  A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee, 
published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining 
authority.  (On July 14, 1996, in connection with the merger of Chemical Bank 
and The Chase Manhattan Bank (National Association), Chemical Bank, the 
surviving corporation, was renamed The Chase Manhattan Bank.)

         8.  Not applicable.

         9.  Not applicable.


                                      SIGNATURE


         Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
the Trustee, The Chase Manhattan Bank, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of
eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, all in the City of New York and State of New York, on the 30th
day of September, 1996.


                                  THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK


                                  By /s/ Michael C. Morcom
                                     ----------------------------------------
                                         Michael C. Morcom
                                         Trust Officer


                                         -3-


<PAGE>

                                Exhibit 7 to Form T-1


                                   Bank Call Notice

                                RESERVE DISTRICT NO. 2
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION OF

                                    CHEMICAL BANK
                     of 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017
                        and Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,
                       a member of the Federal Reserve System,

                      at the close of business June 30, 1996, in
           accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this
           District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.


                                                                  DOLLAR AMOUNTS
                             ASSETS                                 IN MILLIONS


Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
    Noninterest-bearing balances and
    currency and coin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             $  4,167
    Interest-bearing balances. . . . . . . . . . . . . .                5,094
Securities:  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Held to maturity securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                3,367
Available for sale securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . .               27,786
Federal Funds sold and securities purchased under
    agreements to resell in domestic offices of the
    bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries,
    and in IBF's:
    Federal funds sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                7,204
    Securities purchased under agreements to resell. . .                  136
Loans and lose financing receivables:
    Loans and leases, net of unearned income . . .$67,215
    Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses. . . .1,768
    Less: Allocated transfer risk reserve. . . . . . . 75
                                                  -------
    Loans and leases, net of unearned income,
    allowance, and reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               65,372
Trading Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               28,610
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized
    leases). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                1,326
Other real estate owned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   26
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and
    associated companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   68
Customer's liability to this bank on acceptances
    outstanding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  995
Intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  309
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                6,993
                                                                        -----

TOTAL ASSETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             $151,453
                                                                     --------
                                                                     --------


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

                                     LIABILITIES

Deposits
    In domestic offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              $46,917
    Noninterest-bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . .$16,711
    Interest-bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,206
                                                   ------
    In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subisidiaries,
    and IBF's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               31,577
    Noninterest-bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,197
    Interest-bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29,380
                                                   ------
                                                   ------

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements
to repurchase in domestic offices of the bank and
    of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBF's
    Federal funds purchased. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               12,155
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase . . .                8,536
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury . . . . . . . .                1,000
Trading liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               20,914
Other Borrowed money:
    With a remaining maturity of one year or less. . . .               10,018
    With a remaining maturity of more than one year. . .                  192
Mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized
    leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   12
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding                1,001
Subordinated notes and debentures. . . . . . . . . . . .                3,411
Other liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                8,091

TOTAL LIABILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              143,824
                                                                      -------

                                    EQUITY CAPITAL

Common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  620
Surplus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                4,664
Undivided profits and capital reserves . . . . . . . . .                2,970
Net unrealized holding gains (Losses)
on available-for-sale securities . . . . . . . . . . . .                 (633)
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments. . .                    8

TOTAL EQUITY CAPITAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                7,629
                                                                      -------

TOTAL LIABILITIES, LIMITED-LIFE PREFERRED
    STOCK AND EQUITY CAPITAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             $151,453
                                                                      -------
                                                                      -------


I, Joseph L. Sclafani, S.V.P. & Controller of the
above-named bank, do hereby declare that this Report of
Condition has been prepared in conformance with the
instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory
authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

                                        JOSEPH L. SCLAFANI


We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness
of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been
examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and
belief has been prepared in conformance with the
instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory
authority and is true and correct.

                                        WALTER V. SHIPLEY      )
                                        EDWARD D. MILLER       )DIRECTORS
                                        THOMAS G. LABRECQUE    )


                                         -5-



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission